1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "TargetInfo.h"
16 #include "ABIInfo.h"
17 #include "CGCXXABI.h"
18 #include "CGValue.h"
19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
24 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
25 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
26 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
27 
28 #include <algorithm>    // std::sort
29 
30 using namespace clang;
31 using namespace CodeGen;
32 
33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34                                llvm::Value *Array,
35                                llvm::Value *Value,
36                                unsigned FirstIndex,
37                                unsigned LastIndex) {
38   // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39   for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40     llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41     Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42   }
43 }
44 
45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
46   return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
47          T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48 }
49 
50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51 
52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
53                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
54   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55   if (!RD)
56     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
57   return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
58 }
59 
60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
61                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
62   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63   if (!RT)
64     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
65   return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66 }
67 
68 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
69   return CGT.getCXXABI();
70 }
71 
72 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
73   return CGT.getContext();
74 }
75 
76 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
77   return CGT.getLLVMContext();
78 }
79 
80 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
81   return CGT.getDataLayout();
82 }
83 
84 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
85   return CGT.getTarget();
86 }
87 
88 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
89   raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
90   OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
91   switch (TheKind) {
92   case Direct:
93     OS << "Direct Type=";
94     if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
95       Ty->print(OS);
96     else
97       OS << "null";
98     break;
99   case Extend:
100     OS << "Extend";
101     break;
102   case Ignore:
103     OS << "Ignore";
104     break;
105   case InAlloca:
106     OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
107     break;
108   case Indirect:
109     OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
110        << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
111        << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
112     break;
113   case Expand:
114     OS << "Expand";
115     break;
116   }
117   OS << ")\n";
118 }
119 
120 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
121 
122 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
123 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
124 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
125   // Verified for:
126   //   x86-64     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127   //   x86-32     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
128   //   PowerPC    Linux, Darwin
129   //   ARM        Darwin (*not* EABI)
130   //   AArch64    Linux
131   return 32;
132 }
133 
134 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
135                                      const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
136   // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
137   //   x86_stdcall
138   //   MIPS
139   // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
140   return false;
141 }
142 
143 void
144 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
145                                              llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
146   // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
147   // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
148   // dynamic.
149   Opt = "-l";
150   Opt += Lib;
151 }
152 
153 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
154 
155 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
156 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
157 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
158                          bool AllowArrays) {
159   if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
160     return true;
161 
162   QualType FT = FD->getType();
163 
164   // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
165   // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
166   if (AllowArrays)
167     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
168       if (AT->getSize() == 0)
169         return true;
170       FT = AT->getElementType();
171     }
172 
173   const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
174   if (!RT)
175     return false;
176 
177   // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
178   //
179   // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
180   // current ABI.
181   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
182     return false;
183 
184   return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
185 }
186 
187 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
188 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
189 /// considered empty.
190 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
191   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
192   if (!RT)
193     return 0;
194   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
195   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
196     return false;
197 
198   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
199   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
200     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
201       if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
202         return false;
203 
204   for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
205     if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
206       return false;
207   return true;
208 }
209 
210 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
211 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
212 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element
213 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
214 /// considered single element structs.
215 ///
216 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
217 /// it exists.
218 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
219   const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
220   if (!RT)
221     return nullptr;
222 
223   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
224   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
225     return nullptr;
226 
227   const Type *Found = nullptr;
228 
229   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
230   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
231     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
232       // Ignore empty records.
233       if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
234         continue;
235 
236       // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
237       if (Found)
238         return nullptr;
239 
240       // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
241       // cannot be a single element struct.
242       Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
243       if (!Found)
244         return nullptr;
245     }
246   }
247 
248   // Check for single element.
249   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
250     QualType FT = FD->getType();
251 
252     // Ignore empty fields.
253     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
254       continue;
255 
256     // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
257     // struct.
258     if (Found)
259       return nullptr;
260 
261     // Treat single element arrays as the element.
262     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
263       if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
264         break;
265       FT = AT->getElementType();
266     }
267 
268     if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
269       Found = FT.getTypePtr();
270     } else {
271       Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
272       if (!Found)
273         return nullptr;
274     }
275   }
276 
277   // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
278   // padding beyond the element type.
279   if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
280     return nullptr;
281 
282   return Found;
283 }
284 
285 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
286   // Treat complex types as the element type.
287   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
288     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
289 
290   // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
291   // convention without any padding.  (We're specifically looking for 32
292   // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
293   if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
294       !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
295     return false;
296 
297   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
298   return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
299 }
300 
301 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
302 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
303 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
304 /// inhibiting optimizations.
305 ///
306 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
307 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
308 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
309 // capable of handling it.
310 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
311   // We can only expand structure types.
312   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
313   if (!RT)
314     return false;
315 
316   // We can only expand (C) structures.
317   //
318   // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
319   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
320   if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
321     return false;
322 
323   uint64_t Size = 0;
324 
325   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
326     if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
327       return false;
328 
329     // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
330     // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
331     // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
332     if (FD->isBitField())
333       return false;
334 
335     Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
336   }
337 
338   // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
339   if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
340     return false;
341 
342   return true;
343 }
344 
345 namespace {
346 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
347 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in
348 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
349 /// conform to any particular ABI.
350 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
351 public:
352   DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
353 
354   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
355   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
356 
357   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
358     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
359       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
360     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
361       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
362   }
363 
364   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
365                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
366 };
367 
368 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
369 public:
370   DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
371     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
372 };
373 
374 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
375                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
376   return nullptr;
377 }
378 
379 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
380   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
381     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
382 
383   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
384   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
385     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
386 
387   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
388           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
389 }
390 
391 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
392   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
393     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
394 
395   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
396     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
397 
398   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
399   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
400     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
401 
402   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
403           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
404 }
405 
406 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
407 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
408 //
409 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI.  Arguments and return values
410 // are always passed on the stack.
411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
412 
413 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
414  public:
415   PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
416 
417   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
418   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
419 
420   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
421   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
422                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
423 };
424 
425 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
426  public:
427   PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
428     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
429 };
430 
431 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
432   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
433     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
434 
435   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
436     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
437 }
438 
439 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
440                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
441   return nullptr;
442 }
443 
444 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
445 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
446   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
447     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
448       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
449     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
450   } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
451     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
452     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
453   } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
454     // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
455     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
456   }
457 
458   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
459           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
460 }
461 
462 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
463   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
464     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
465 
466   // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
467   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
468     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
469 
470   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
471   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
472     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
473 
474   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
475           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
476 }
477 
478 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
479 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
480   // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
481   return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
482     cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
483     IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
484 }
485 
486 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
487                                           StringRef Constraint,
488                                           llvm::Type* Ty) {
489   if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
490     if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
491       // Invalid MMX constraint
492       return nullptr;
493     }
494 
495     return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
496   }
497 
498   // No operation needed
499   return Ty;
500 }
501 
502 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
503 // X86-32 ABI Implementation
504 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
505 
506 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
507 struct CCState {
508   CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
509 
510   unsigned CC;
511   unsigned FreeRegs;
512   unsigned StackOffset;
513   bool UseInAlloca;
514 };
515 
516 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
517 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
518   enum Class {
519     Integer,
520     Float
521   };
522 
523   static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
524 
525   bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
526   bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
527   bool IsWin32StructABI;
528   unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
529 
530   static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
531     return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
532   }
533 
534   bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
535 
536   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
537   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
538   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
539 
540   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
541 
542   /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
543   unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
544 
545   Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
546   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
548   bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
549 
550   /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
551   /// inalloca.
552   void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
553 
554   void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
555                            unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
556                            QualType Type) const;
557 
558 public:
559 
560   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
561   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
562                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
563 
564   X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
565                 unsigned r)
566     : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
567       IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
568 };
569 
570 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
571 public:
572   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
573       bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
574     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
575 
576   static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
577       const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
578 
579   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
580                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
581 
582   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
583     // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
584     if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
585     return 4;
586   }
587 
588   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
589                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
590 
591   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
592                                   StringRef Constraint,
593                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
594     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
595   }
596 
597   void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
598                                 std::string &Constraints,
599                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
600                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
601                                 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
602                                 std::string &AsmString,
603                                 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
604 
605   llvm::Constant *
606   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
607     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
608                    (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
609                    ('F' << 16) |
610                    ('T' << 24);
611     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
612   }
613 
614 };
615 
616 }
617 
618 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
619 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
620 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
621 ///     mov $0, $1
622 ///     mov eax, $1
623 /// The result will be:
624 ///     mov $0, $2
625 ///     mov eax, $2
626 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
627                                              unsigned NumNewOuts,
628                                              std::string &AsmString) {
629   std::string Buf;
630   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
631   size_t Pos = 0;
632   while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
633     size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
634     if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
635       DollarStart = AsmString.size();
636     size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
637     if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
638       DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
639     OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
640     Pos = DollarEnd;
641     size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
642     if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
643       // We have an operand reference.
644       size_t DigitStart = Pos;
645       size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
646       if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
647         DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
648       StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
649       unsigned OperandIndex;
650       if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
651         if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
652           OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
653         OS << OperandIndex;
654       } else {
655         OS << OperandStr;
656       }
657       Pos = DigitEnd;
658     }
659   }
660   AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
661 }
662 
663 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
664 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
665     CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
666     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
667     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
668     std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
669     unsigned NumOutputs) const {
670   uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
671 
672   // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
673   // larger.
674   if (!Constraints.empty())
675     Constraints += ',';
676   if (RetWidth <= 32) {
677     Constraints += "={eax}";
678     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
679   } else {
680     // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
681     Constraints += "=A";
682     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
683   }
684 
685   // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
686   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
687   ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
688 
689   // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
690   ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
691                                                   CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
692   ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
693 
694   rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
695 }
696 
697 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
698 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
699 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
700                                                ASTContext &Context) const {
701   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
702 
703   // Type must be register sized.
704   if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
705     return false;
706 
707   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
708     // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
709     // registers.
710     if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
711       return false;
712 
713     return true;
714   }
715 
716   // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
717   // member function pointer it is ok.
718   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
719       Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
720       Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
721     return true;
722 
723   // Arrays are treated like records.
724   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
725     return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
726 
727   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
728   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
729   if (!RT) return false;
730 
731   // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
732 
733   // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
734   // passed in a register.
735   for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
736     // Empty fields are ignored.
737     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
738       continue;
739 
740     // Check fields recursively.
741     if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
742       return false;
743   }
744   return true;
745 }
746 
747 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
748   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
749   // integer register.
750   if (State.FreeRegs) {
751     --State.FreeRegs;
752     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
753   }
754   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
755 }
756 
757 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
758   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
759     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
760 
761   if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
762     // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
763     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
764       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
765 
766       // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
767       // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
768       // backend will like.
769       if (Size == 128)
770         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
771                   llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
772 
773       // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
774       // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
775       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
776           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
777         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
778                                                             Size));
779 
780       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
781     }
782 
783     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
784   }
785 
786   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
787     if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
788       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
789       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
790         return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
791     }
792 
793     // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
794     if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
795       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
796 
797     // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
798     // in a register.
799     if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
800       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
801 
802       // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
803       // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
804       // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
805       // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
806       // quality of the generated IR.
807       if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
808         if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
809             || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
810           return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
811 
812       // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
813       // padding.
814       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
815     }
816 
817     return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
818   }
819 
820   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
821   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
822     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
823 
824   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
825           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
826 }
827 
828 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
829   return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
830 }
831 
832 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
833   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
834   if (!RT)
835     return 0;
836   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
837 
838   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
839   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
840     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
841       if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
842         return false;
843 
844   for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
845     QualType FT = i->getType();
846 
847     if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
848       return true;
849 
850     if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
851       return true;
852   }
853 
854   return false;
855 }
856 
857 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
858                                                  unsigned Align) const {
859   // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
860   // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
861   if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
862     return 0; // Use default alignment.
863 
864   // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
865   if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
866     // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
867     return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
868   }
869 
870   // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
871   if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
872                       isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
873     return 16;
874 
875   return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
876 }
877 
878 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
879                                             CCState &State) const {
880   if (!ByVal) {
881     if (State.FreeRegs) {
882       --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
883       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
884     }
885     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
886   }
887 
888   // Compute the byval alignment.
889   unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
890   unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
891   if (StackAlign == 0)
892     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
893 
894   // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
895   // argument.
896   bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
897   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
898 }
899 
900 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
901   const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
902   if (!T)
903     T = Ty.getTypePtr();
904 
905   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
906     BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
907     if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
908       return Float;
909   }
910   return Integer;
911 }
912 
913 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
914                                    bool &NeedsPadding) const {
915   NeedsPadding = false;
916   Class C = classify(Ty);
917   if (C == Float)
918     return false;
919 
920   unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
921   unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
922 
923   if (SizeInRegs == 0)
924     return false;
925 
926   if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
927     State.FreeRegs = 0;
928     return false;
929   }
930 
931   State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
932 
933   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
934     if (Size > 32)
935       return false;
936 
937     if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
938       return true;
939 
940     if (Ty->isPointerType())
941       return true;
942 
943     if (Ty->isReferenceType())
944       return true;
945 
946     if (State.FreeRegs)
947       NeedsPadding = true;
948 
949     return false;
950   }
951 
952   return true;
953 }
954 
955 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
956                                                CCState &State) const {
957   // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
958   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
959     if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
960       // Check with the C++ ABI first.
961       CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
962       if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
963         return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
964       } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
965         // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
966         return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
967       }
968 
969       // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
970       if (IsWin32StructABI)
971         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
972 
973       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
974       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
975         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
976     }
977 
978     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
979     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
980       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
981 
982     llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
983     llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
984     bool NeedsPadding;
985     if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
986       unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
987       SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
988       llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
989       return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
990     }
991     llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
992 
993     // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
994     // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
995     // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
996     // optimizations.
997     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
998         canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
999       return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
1000           State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
1001 
1002     return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1003   }
1004 
1005   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1006     // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1007     // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
1008     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1009       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1010       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1011           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1012         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1013                                                             Size));
1014     }
1015 
1016     if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1017       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
1018 
1019     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1020   }
1021 
1022 
1023   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1024     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1025 
1026   bool NeedsPadding;
1027   bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
1028 
1029   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1030     if (InReg)
1031       return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1032     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1033   }
1034   if (InReg)
1035     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1036   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1037 }
1038 
1039 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1040   CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1041   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1042     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1043   else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
1044     State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
1045   else
1046     State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
1047 
1048   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
1049     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
1050   } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1051     // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1052     // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1053     if (State.FreeRegs) {
1054       --State.FreeRegs;  // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1055       FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1056     }
1057   }
1058 
1059   bool UsedInAlloca = false;
1060   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1061     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1062     UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
1063   }
1064 
1065   // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1066   // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1067   if (UsedInAlloca)
1068     rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1069 }
1070 
1071 void
1072 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1073                                    unsigned &StackOffset,
1074                                    ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
1075   assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1076   Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1077   FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1078   StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1079 
1080   // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.  For x86_32, each argument is 4
1081   // byte aligned.
1082   if (StackOffset % 4U) {
1083     unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
1084     StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
1085     unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1086     assert(NumBytes);
1087     llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1088     Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1089     FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1090   }
1091 }
1092 
1093 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1094   // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1095   switch (Info.getKind()) {
1096   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1097     return true;
1098   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1099     assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1100     return true;
1101   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1102     return false;
1103   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1104   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1105   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1106     if (Info.getInReg())
1107       return false;
1108     return true;
1109   }
1110   llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1111 }
1112 
1113 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1114   assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1115 
1116   // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1117   SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1118 
1119   unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1120   CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1121 
1122   // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1123   bool IsThisCall =
1124       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1125   ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1126   if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1127       isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1128     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1129     ++I;
1130   }
1131 
1132   // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1133   if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1134     CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1135     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
1136     // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1137     Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
1138   }
1139 
1140   // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1141   if (IsThisCall)
1142     ++I;
1143 
1144   // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1145   for (; I != E; ++I) {
1146     if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1147       addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1148   }
1149 
1150   FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1151                                         /*isPacked=*/true));
1152 }
1153 
1154 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1155                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
1156   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
1157 
1158   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1159   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1160                                                        "ap");
1161   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
1162 
1163   // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1164   unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1165   Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1166   Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1167   if (Align > 4) {
1168     // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1169     llvm::Value *Offset =
1170       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1171     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1172     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1173                                                     CGF.Int32Ty);
1174     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1175     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1176                                       Addr->getType(),
1177                                       "ap.cur.aligned");
1178   }
1179 
1180   llvm::Type *PTy =
1181     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
1182   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1183 
1184   uint64_t Offset =
1185     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
1186   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
1187     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
1188                       "ap.next");
1189   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1190 
1191   return AddrTyped;
1192 }
1193 
1194 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1195     const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1196   assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1197 
1198   switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1199   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1200     break;
1201   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack:  // -fpcc-struct-return
1202     return false;
1203   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs:  // -freg-struct-return
1204     return true;
1205   }
1206 
1207   if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1208     return true;
1209 
1210   switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1211   case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1212   case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1213   case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1214   case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1215     return true;
1216   case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1217     switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
1218     case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
1219     case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
1220     case llvm::Triple::GNU:
1221     case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
1222       return true;
1223     default:
1224       return false;
1225     }
1226   default:
1227     return false;
1228   }
1229 }
1230 
1231 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1232                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1233                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1234   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1235     if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1236       // Get the LLVM function.
1237       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1238 
1239       // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
1240       llvm::AttrBuilder B;
1241       B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
1242       Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1243                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1244                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1245                                               B));
1246     }
1247   }
1248 }
1249 
1250 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1251                                                CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1252                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
1253   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1254 
1255   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
1256 
1257   // 0-7 are the eight integer registers;  the order is different
1258   //   on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1259   // 8 is %eip.
1260   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
1261 
1262   if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
1263     // 12-16 are st(0..4).  Not sure why we stop at 4.
1264     // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1265     // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
1266     llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
1267     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
1268 
1269   } else {
1270     // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1271     // reason.
1272     Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1273 
1274     // 11-16 are st(0..5).  Not sure why we stop at 5.
1275     // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1276     // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
1277     llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
1278     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1279   }
1280 
1281   return false;
1282 }
1283 
1284 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1285 // X86-64 ABI Implementation
1286 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1287 
1288 
1289 namespace {
1290 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1291 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1292   enum Class {
1293     Integer = 0,
1294     SSE,
1295     SSEUp,
1296     X87,
1297     X87Up,
1298     ComplexX87,
1299     NoClass,
1300     Memory
1301   };
1302 
1303   /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1304   ///
1305   /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1306   /// classification \arg Field.
1307   ///
1308   /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1309   /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1310   /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1311   /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
1312   static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
1313 
1314   /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1315   ///
1316   /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1317   /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1318   ///
1319   /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1320   /// the classification process.
1321   ///
1322   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1323   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1324   ///
1325   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1326   /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1327   ///
1328   void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1329 
1330   /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1331   /// given type T should be passed.
1332   ///
1333   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1334   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1335   ///
1336   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1337   /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1338   ///
1339   /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1340   /// containing object.  Some parameters are classified different
1341   /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1342   ///
1343   /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1344   /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1345   ///
1346   /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1347   /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1348   /// will be Memory.
1349   ///
1350   /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
1351   ///
1352   /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1353   /// also be ComplexX87.
1354   void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1355                 bool isNamedArg) const;
1356 
1357   llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1358   llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1359                                  unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1360                                  unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1361   llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1362                                      unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1363                                      unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1364 
1365   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1366   /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
1367   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
1368 
1369   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1370   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
1371   ///
1372   /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1373   /// available.
1374   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
1375 
1376   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
1377 
1378   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1379                                   unsigned freeIntRegs,
1380                                   unsigned &neededInt,
1381                                   unsigned &neededSSE,
1382                                   bool isNamedArg) const;
1383 
1384   bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1385 
1386   /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1387   /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1388   /// certain previous compilers.  In particular, platforms which
1389   /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1390   /// may need to exempt themselves.
1391   bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
1392     return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
1393   }
1394 
1395   bool HasAVX;
1396   // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1397   // 64-bit hardware.
1398   bool Has64BitPointers;
1399 
1400 public:
1401   X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
1402       ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
1403       Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
1404   }
1405 
1406   bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1407     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
1408     // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
1409     ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1410                                            /*isNamedArg*/true);
1411     if (info.isDirect()) {
1412       llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1413       if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1414         return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1415     }
1416     return false;
1417   }
1418 
1419   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1420 
1421   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1422                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1423 };
1424 
1425 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
1426 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1427 
1428   ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
1429 
1430 public:
1431   WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1432 
1433   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1434 
1435   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1436                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1437 };
1438 
1439 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1440   bool HasAVX;
1441 public:
1442   X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1443       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1444 
1445   const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1446     return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1447   }
1448 
1449   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1450     return 7;
1451   }
1452 
1453   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1454                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1455     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1456 
1457     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1458     // 16 is %rip.
1459     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1460     return false;
1461   }
1462 
1463   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1464                                   StringRef Constraint,
1465                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
1466     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1467   }
1468 
1469   bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
1470                              const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
1471     // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1472     // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
1473     // function, so we override the default behavior.  However, don't do
1474     // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1475     // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1476     // defines varargs anyway.
1477     if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
1478       bool HasAVXType = false;
1479       for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1480              it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1481         if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1482           HasAVXType = true;
1483           break;
1484         }
1485       }
1486 
1487       if (!HasAVXType)
1488         return true;
1489     }
1490 
1491     return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
1492   }
1493 
1494   llvm::Constant *
1495   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1496     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1497                    (0x0a << 8) |  //           .+0x0c
1498                    ('F' << 16) |
1499                    ('T' << 24);
1500     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1501   }
1502 
1503   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1504     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1505   }
1506 };
1507 
1508 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1509   // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1510   // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1511   std::string ArgStr = Lib;
1512   if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
1513     ArgStr += ".lib";
1514   return ArgStr;
1515 }
1516 
1517 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1518 public:
1519   WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1520         bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1521     : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
1522 
1523   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1524                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1525     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1526     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1527   }
1528 
1529   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1530                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1531                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1532     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1533   }
1534 };
1535 
1536 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1537   bool HasAVX;
1538 public:
1539   WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1540     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1541 
1542   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1543     return 7;
1544   }
1545 
1546   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1547                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1548     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1549 
1550     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1551     // 16 is %rip.
1552     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1553     return false;
1554   }
1555 
1556   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1557                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1558     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1559     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1560   }
1561 
1562   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1563                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1564                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1565     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1566   }
1567 
1568   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1569     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1570   }
1571 };
1572 
1573 }
1574 
1575 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1576                               Class &Hi) const {
1577   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1578   //
1579   // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1580   //     memory.
1581   //
1582   // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1583   //     memory.
1584   //
1585   // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1586   //     eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1587   //     argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1588   //     ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1589   //
1590   // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1591   //
1592   // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic.  Others can arise
1593   // only with unions; for example:
1594   //   union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1595   //
1596   // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1597   //
1598   if (Hi == Memory)
1599     Lo = Memory;
1600   if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1601     Lo = Memory;
1602   if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1603     Lo = Memory;
1604   if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1605     Hi = SSE;
1606 }
1607 
1608 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
1609   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1610   // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1611   // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1612   // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1613   //
1614   // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1615   //
1616   // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1617   // the other class.
1618   //
1619   // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1620   // class.
1621   //
1622   // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1623   // INTEGER.
1624   //
1625   // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1626   // MEMORY is used as class.
1627   //
1628   // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1629 
1630   // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1631   // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1632   assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1633          "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1634   if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1635     return Accum;
1636   if (Field == Memory)
1637     return Memory;
1638   if (Accum == NoClass)
1639     return Field;
1640   if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
1641     return Integer;
1642   if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1643       Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
1644     return Memory;
1645   return SSE;
1646 }
1647 
1648 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
1649                              Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
1650   // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1651   // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1652   // situations.
1653 
1654   // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1655   // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1656   // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1657 
1658   Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1659 
1660   Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1661   Current = Memory;
1662 
1663   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1664     BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1665 
1666     if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1667       Current = NoClass;
1668     } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1669       Lo = Integer;
1670       Hi = Integer;
1671     } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1672       Current = Integer;
1673     } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1674                (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
1675                 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
1676       Current = SSE;
1677     } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1678       Lo = X87;
1679       Hi = X87Up;
1680     }
1681     // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1682     // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
1683     return;
1684   }
1685 
1686   if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
1687     // Classify the underlying integer type.
1688     classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
1689     return;
1690   }
1691 
1692   if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
1693     Current = Integer;
1694     return;
1695   }
1696 
1697   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
1698     if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
1699       Lo = Hi = Integer;
1700     else
1701       Current = Integer;
1702     return;
1703   }
1704 
1705   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1706     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
1707     if (Size == 32) {
1708       // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1709       // float> as integer.
1710       Current = Integer;
1711 
1712       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1713       // split.
1714       uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1715       uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1716       if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1717         Hi = Lo;
1718     } else if (Size == 64) {
1719       // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1720       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1721         return;
1722 
1723       // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
1724       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1725           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1726           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1727           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
1728         Current = Integer;
1729       else
1730         Current = SSE;
1731 
1732       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1733       // split.
1734       if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1735         Hi = Lo;
1736     } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
1737       // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1738       // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1739       // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1740       // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1741       // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1742       // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1743       // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
1744       //
1745       // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1746       // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1747       // variadic function.
1748       Lo = SSE;
1749       Hi = SSEUp;
1750     }
1751     return;
1752   }
1753 
1754   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1755     QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
1756 
1757     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1758     if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
1759       if (Size <= 64)
1760         Current = Integer;
1761       else if (Size <= 128)
1762         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1763     } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
1764       Current = SSE;
1765     else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1766              (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
1767               getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
1768       Lo = Hi = SSE;
1769     else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
1770       Current = ComplexX87;
1771 
1772     // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1773     // should be split.
1774     uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1775     uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
1776     if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1777       Hi = Lo;
1778 
1779     return;
1780   }
1781 
1782   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1783     // Arrays are treated like structures.
1784 
1785     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1786 
1787     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1788     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1789     if (Size > 256)
1790       return;
1791 
1792     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1793     // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1794     //
1795     // Only need to check alignment of array base.
1796     if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
1797       return;
1798 
1799     // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1800     // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1801     Current = NoClass;
1802     uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1803     uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1804 
1805     // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1806     // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1807     // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1808     if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1809       return;
1810 
1811     for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1812       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1813       classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1814       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1815       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1816       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1817         break;
1818     }
1819 
1820     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
1821     assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
1822     return;
1823   }
1824 
1825   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1826     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1827 
1828     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1829     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1830     if (Size > 256)
1831       return;
1832 
1833     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1834     // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1835     // reference.
1836     if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
1837       return;
1838 
1839     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1840 
1841     // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1842     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1843       return;
1844 
1845     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
1846 
1847     // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1848     Current = NoClass;
1849 
1850     // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1851     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
1852       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1853         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
1854                "Unexpected base class!");
1855         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
1856           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1857 
1858         // Classify this field.
1859         //
1860         // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1861         // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1862         // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1863         Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1864         uint64_t Offset =
1865           OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
1866         classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1867         Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1868         Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1869         if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1870           break;
1871       }
1872     }
1873 
1874     // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
1875     unsigned idx = 0;
1876     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
1877            i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
1878       uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1879       bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1880 
1881       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1882       // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
1883       //
1884       // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1885       // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1886       // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1887       //
1888       if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1889         Lo = Memory;
1890         return;
1891       }
1892       // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
1893       if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
1894         Lo = Memory;
1895         return;
1896       }
1897 
1898       // Classify this field.
1899       //
1900       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1901       // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1902       // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1903       // NO_CLASS.
1904       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1905 
1906       // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1907       // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1908       // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1909       if (BitField) {
1910         // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1911         if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1912           continue;
1913 
1914         uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1915         uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
1916 
1917         uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1918         uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
1919 
1920         if (EB_Lo) {
1921           assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1922           FieldLo = NoClass;
1923           FieldHi = Integer;
1924         } else {
1925           FieldLo = Integer;
1926           FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1927         }
1928       } else
1929         classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1930       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1931       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1932       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1933         break;
1934     }
1935 
1936     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
1937   }
1938 }
1939 
1940 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
1941   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1942   // place naturally.
1943   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1944     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1945     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1946       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1947 
1948     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1949             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1950   }
1951 
1952   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1953 }
1954 
1955 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1956   if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1957     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1958     unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1959     if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1960       return true;
1961   }
1962 
1963   return false;
1964 }
1965 
1966 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1967                                             unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
1968   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1969   // place naturally.
1970   //
1971   // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1972   // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1973   // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1974   // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1975   // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
1976   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
1977     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1978     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1979       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1980 
1981     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1982             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1983   }
1984 
1985   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
1986     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
1987 
1988   // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1989   // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1990   unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
1991 
1992   // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1993   // is important for good codegen.
1994   //
1995   // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1996   // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1997   //
1998   // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1999   // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2000   // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2001   // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2002   // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2003   // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2004   // might be inreg.
2005   //
2006   // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2007   // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2008   // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2009   // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2010   //
2011   // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2012   // attributes. See PR12193.
2013   if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2014     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2015 
2016     // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2017     // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2018     if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2019       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2020                                                           Size));
2021   }
2022 
2023   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
2024 }
2025 
2026 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
2027 /// full vector XMM/YMM register.  Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
2028 /// vector register.
2029 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2030   llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2031 
2032   // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
2033   // strip them off if present.
2034   llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2035   while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
2036     IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
2037     STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2038   }
2039 
2040   // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
2041   if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2042     llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
2043     unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
2044     if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
2045         (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2046          EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2047          EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2048          EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2049       return VT;
2050   }
2051 
2052   return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2053 }
2054 
2055 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2056 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2057 /// alignment padding.  The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2058 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2059 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2060 ///
2061 /// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2062 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2063                                   unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2064   // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2065   // data hiding here.  This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2066   // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2067   unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2068   if (TySize <= StartBit)
2069     return true;
2070 
2071   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2072     unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2073     unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2074 
2075     // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2076     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2077       // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2078       unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2079       if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
2080 
2081       unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2082       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2083                                  EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2084         return false;
2085     }
2086     // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2087     return true;
2088   }
2089 
2090   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2091     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2092     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2093 
2094     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2095     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2096       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2097         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2098                "Unexpected base class!");
2099         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2100           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2101 
2102         // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
2103         unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2104         if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
2105 
2106         unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
2107         if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
2108                                    EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2109           return false;
2110       }
2111     }
2112 
2113     // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest.  Yes
2114     // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2115     // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2116     // much.
2117     unsigned idx = 0;
2118     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2119          i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2120       unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2121 
2122       // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2123       if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2124 
2125       unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2126       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2127                                  Context))
2128         return false;
2129     }
2130 
2131     // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2132     // clean.
2133     return true;
2134   }
2135 
2136   return false;
2137 }
2138 
2139 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2140 /// float member at the specified offset.  For example, {int,{float}} has a
2141 /// float at offset 4.  It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2142 /// false.
2143 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2144                                   const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2145   // Base case if we find a float.
2146   if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2147     return true;
2148 
2149   // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2150   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2151     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2152     unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2153     IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2154     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2155   }
2156 
2157   // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2158   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2159     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2160     unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2161     IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2162     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2163   }
2164 
2165   return false;
2166 }
2167 
2168 
2169 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2170 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
2171 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2172 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2173                    QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2174   // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
2175   // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding.  This happens for
2176   // structs that contain 3 floats.
2177   if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2178                             SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2179     return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
2180 
2181   // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2182   // offset+0 and offset+4.  Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2183   // case.
2184   if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2185       ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
2186     return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2187 
2188   return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2189 }
2190 
2191 
2192 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2193 /// an 8-byte GPR.  This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2194 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct.  This routine picks
2195 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
2196 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2197 /// etc).
2198 ///
2199 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2200 /// the source type.  IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2201 /// the 8-byte value references.  PrefType may be null.
2202 ///
2203 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument.  SourceOffset is
2204 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2205 ///
2206 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2207 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2208                        QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2209   // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2210   // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it.  See if we can safely use it.
2211   if (IROffset == 0) {
2212     // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
2213     if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2214         IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
2215       return IRType;
2216 
2217     // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2218     // goodness in the source type is just tail padding.  This is allowed to
2219     // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2220     // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int.  We
2221     // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2222     // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2223     if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2224         IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2225         (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2226       unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2227           cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
2228 
2229       if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2230                                 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2231         return IRType;
2232     }
2233   }
2234 
2235   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2236     // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2237     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
2238     if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2239       unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2240       IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
2241 
2242       return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2243                                     SourceTy, SourceOffset);
2244     }
2245   }
2246 
2247   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2248     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2249     unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2250     unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2251     return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2252                                   SourceOffset);
2253   }
2254 
2255   // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2256   // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
2257   unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2258     (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
2259 
2260   assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
2261 
2262   // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2263   // isn't larger than the structure.
2264   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2265                                 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
2266 }
2267 
2268 
2269 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2270 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2271 /// first class aggregate to represent them.  For example, if the low part of
2272 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2273 /// return {i32*, float}.
2274 static llvm::Type *
2275 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
2276                            const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2277   // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2278   // at offset 8.  If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2279   // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2280   // the second element at offset 8.  Check for this:
2281   unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2282   unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
2283   unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
2284   assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2285 
2286   // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2287   // second element will start at an 8 byte offset.  We can't increase the size
2288   // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2289   // struct.
2290   if (HiStart != 8) {
2291     // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2292     // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2293     // Promote these to a larger type.
2294     if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2295       Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2296     else {
2297       assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2298       Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2299     }
2300   }
2301 
2302   llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
2303 
2304 
2305   // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2306   assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2307          "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2308   return Result;
2309 }
2310 
2311 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
2312 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2313   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2314   // classification algorithm.
2315   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2316   classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
2317 
2318   // Check some invariants.
2319   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2320   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2321 
2322   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2323   switch (Lo) {
2324   case NoClass:
2325     if (Hi == NoClass)
2326       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2327     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2328     // null.
2329     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2330            "Unknown missing lo part");
2331     break;
2332 
2333   case SSEUp:
2334   case X87Up:
2335     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2336 
2337     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2338     // hidden argument.
2339   case Memory:
2340     return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2341 
2342     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2343     // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2344   case Integer:
2345     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2346 
2347     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2348     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2349     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2350       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2351       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2352         RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2353 
2354       if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2355           RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2356         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2357     }
2358     break;
2359 
2360     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2361     // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2362   case SSE:
2363     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2364     break;
2365 
2366     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2367     // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2368   case X87:
2369     ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
2370     break;
2371 
2372     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2373     // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2374     // %st1.
2375   case ComplexX87:
2376     assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
2377     ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2378                                     llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2379                                     NULL);
2380     break;
2381   }
2382 
2383   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2384   switch (Hi) {
2385     // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2386     // never occur as a hi class.
2387   case Memory:
2388   case X87:
2389     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2390 
2391   case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
2392   case NoClass:
2393     break;
2394 
2395   case Integer:
2396     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2397     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2398       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2399     break;
2400   case SSE:
2401     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2402     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2403       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2404     break;
2405 
2406     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
2407     // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2408     // vector register.
2409     //
2410     // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
2411   case SSEUp:
2412     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
2413     ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
2414     break;
2415 
2416     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2417     // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2418   case X87Up:
2419     // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
2420     // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
2421     // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
2422     // extra bits in an SSE reg.
2423     if (Lo != X87) {
2424       HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2425       if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2426         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2427     }
2428     break;
2429   }
2430 
2431   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2432   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2433   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2434   if (HighPart)
2435     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2436 
2437   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2438 }
2439 
2440 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
2441   QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2442   bool isNamedArg)
2443   const
2444 {
2445   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2446   classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
2447 
2448   // Check some invariants.
2449   // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2450   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2451   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2452 
2453   neededInt = 0;
2454   neededSSE = 0;
2455   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2456   switch (Lo) {
2457   case NoClass:
2458     if (Hi == NoClass)
2459       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2460     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2461     // null.
2462     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2463            "Unknown missing lo part");
2464     break;
2465 
2466     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2467     // on the stack.
2468   case Memory:
2469 
2470     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2471     // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2472   case X87:
2473   case ComplexX87:
2474     if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
2475       ++neededInt;
2476     return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
2477 
2478   case SSEUp:
2479   case X87Up:
2480     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2481 
2482     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2483     // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2484     // and %r9 is used.
2485   case Integer:
2486     ++neededInt;
2487 
2488     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2489     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
2490 
2491     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2492     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2493     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2494       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2495       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2496         Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2497 
2498       if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2499           Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2500         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2501     }
2502 
2503     break;
2504 
2505     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2506     // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2507     // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
2508   case SSE: {
2509     llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2510     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
2511     ++neededSSE;
2512     break;
2513   }
2514   }
2515 
2516   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2517   switch (Hi) {
2518     // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
2519     // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
2520     // which is passed in memory.
2521   case Memory:
2522   case X87:
2523   case ComplexX87:
2524     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2525 
2526   case NoClass: break;
2527 
2528   case Integer:
2529     ++neededInt;
2530     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2531     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2532 
2533     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2534       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2535     break;
2536 
2537     // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2538     // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2539   case X87Up:
2540   case SSE:
2541     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2542 
2543     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2544       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2545 
2546     ++neededSSE;
2547     break;
2548 
2549     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2550     // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
2551     // register.  This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
2552   case SSEUp:
2553     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
2554     ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
2555     break;
2556   }
2557 
2558   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2559   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2560   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2561   if (HighPart)
2562     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2563 
2564   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2565 }
2566 
2567 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2568 
2569   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2570     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
2571 
2572   // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
2573   unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
2574 
2575   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2576   // integer register.
2577   if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2578     --freeIntRegs;
2579 
2580   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
2581   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2582   // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2583   unsigned ArgNo = 0;
2584   for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2585        it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2586     bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
2587 
2588     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2589     it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
2590                                     neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
2591 
2592     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2593     // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2594     // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2595     // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
2596     if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
2597       freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2598       freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2599     } else {
2600       it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
2601     }
2602   }
2603 }
2604 
2605 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2606                                         QualType Ty,
2607                                         CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2608   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2609     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2610   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2611     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2612 
2613   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2614   // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
2615   // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2616   // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
2617   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2618   if (Align > 8) {
2619     // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
2620     llvm::Value *Offset =
2621       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
2622     overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2623     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
2624                                                     CGF.Int64Ty);
2625     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
2626     overflow_arg_area =
2627       CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2628                                  overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2629                                  "overflow_arg_area.align");
2630   }
2631 
2632   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
2633   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2634   llvm::Value *Res =
2635     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
2636                               llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2637 
2638   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2639   // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2640   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2641   // an 8 byte boundary.
2642 
2643   uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
2644   llvm::Value *Offset =
2645       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7)  & ~7);
2646   overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2647                                             "overflow_arg_area.next");
2648   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2649 
2650   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2651   return Res;
2652 }
2653 
2654 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2655                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2656   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2657   // struct {
2658   //   i32 gp_offset;
2659   //   i32 fp_offset;
2660   //   i8* overflow_arg_area;
2661   //   i8* reg_save_area;
2662   // };
2663   unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2664 
2665   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
2666   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2667                                        /*isNamedArg*/false);
2668 
2669   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2670   // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2671   if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2672     return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2673 
2674   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2675   // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2676   // the number of floating point registers needed.
2677 
2678   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2679   // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2680   // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2681   //
2682   // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2683   // register save space).
2684 
2685   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2686   llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2687   llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
2688   if (neededInt) {
2689     gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2690     gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
2691     InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2692     InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
2693   }
2694 
2695   if (neededSSE) {
2696     fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2697     fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2698     llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
2699       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2700     FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
2701     InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2702   }
2703 
2704   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2705   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2706   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2707   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2708 
2709   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2710 
2711   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2712 
2713   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2714   // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2715   // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2716   // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2717   // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2718   //
2719   // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2720   // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2721   // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2722   // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
2723   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2724   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2725     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2726                            "reg_save_area");
2727   if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2728     // FIXME: Cleanup.
2729     assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2730     llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
2731     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2732     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2733     assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2734     llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2735     llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
2736     assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
2737            "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2738     llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2739     llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
2740     llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2741     llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2742     llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2743     llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
2744     llvm::Value *V =
2745       CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2746     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2747     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2748     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2749 
2750     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2751                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2752   } else if (neededInt) {
2753     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2754     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2755                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2756 
2757     // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2758     std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2759         CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2760     uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2761     unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2762     if (TyAlign > 8) {
2763       llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2764       CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2765       RegAddr = Tmp;
2766     }
2767   } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2768     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2769     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2770                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2771   } else {
2772     assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2773     // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2774     // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2775     llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2776     llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
2777     llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
2778     llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
2779       llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
2780     llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2781     llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2782     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2783     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2784                                                          DblPtrTy));
2785     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2786     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2787                                                          DblPtrTy));
2788     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2789     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2790                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2791   }
2792 
2793   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2794   // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2795   // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2796   if (neededInt) {
2797     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
2798     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2799                             gp_offset_p);
2800   }
2801   if (neededSSE) {
2802     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
2803     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2804                             fp_offset_p);
2805   }
2806   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2807 
2808   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2809 
2810   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2811   llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2812 
2813   // Return the appropriate result.
2814 
2815   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
2816   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
2817                                                  "vaarg.addr");
2818   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2819   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
2820   return ResAddr;
2821 }
2822 
2823 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
2824 
2825   if (Ty->isVoidType())
2826     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2827 
2828   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2829     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2830 
2831   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2832 
2833   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2834   if (RT) {
2835     if (!IsReturnType) {
2836       if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
2837         return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2838     }
2839 
2840     if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2841       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2842 
2843     // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
2844     if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
2845       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2846                                                           Size));
2847   }
2848 
2849   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
2850     // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2851     // directly.
2852     llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2853     if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2854       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2855   }
2856 
2857   if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
2858     // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2859     // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
2860     if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2861       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2862 
2863     // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2864     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
2865   }
2866 
2867   // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
2868   // extended.
2869   const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
2870   if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
2871     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2872 
2873   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2874 }
2875 
2876 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2877   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2878     FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
2879 
2880   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2881     I.info = classify(I.type, false);
2882 }
2883 
2884 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2885                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2886   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
2887 
2888   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2889   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2890                                                        "ap");
2891   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2892   llvm::Type *PTy =
2893     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2894   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2895 
2896   uint64_t Offset =
2897     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2898   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2899     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2900                       "ap.next");
2901   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2902 
2903   return AddrTyped;
2904 }
2905 
2906 namespace {
2907 
2908 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2909  public:
2910   NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2911       : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
2912   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2913   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2914                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
2915  private:
2916   PNaClABIInfo PInfo;  // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2917   X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2918 };
2919 
2920 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo  {
2921   bool HasAVX;
2922  public:
2923    NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2924        : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {
2925    }
2926    unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
2927      return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
2928    }
2929 };
2930 
2931 }
2932 
2933 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2934   if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2935     PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2936   else
2937     NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2938 }
2939 
2940 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2941                                           CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2942   // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2943   // is unuspported.
2944   return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2945 }
2946 
2947 
2948 // PowerPC-32
2949 
2950 namespace {
2951 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2952 public:
2953   PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2954 
2955   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
2956     // This is recovered from gcc output.
2957     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2958   }
2959 
2960   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2961                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
2962 };
2963 
2964 }
2965 
2966 bool
2967 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2968                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2969   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2970   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2971 
2972   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2973 
2974   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
2975   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2976   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2977   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2978 
2979   // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
2980   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
2981 
2982   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
2983   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
2984 
2985   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2986   // 64: mq
2987   // 65: lr
2988   // 66: ctr
2989   // 67: ap
2990   // 68-75 cr0-7
2991   // 76: xer
2992   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
2993 
2994   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
2995   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
2996 
2997   // 109: vrsave
2998   // 110: vscr
2999   // 111: spe_acc
3000   // 112: spefscr
3001   // 113: sfp
3002   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3003 
3004   return false;
3005 }
3006 
3007 // PowerPC-64
3008 
3009 namespace {
3010 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3011 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3012 public:
3013   enum ABIKind {
3014     ELFv1 = 0,
3015     ELFv2
3016   };
3017 
3018 private:
3019   static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3020   ABIKind Kind;
3021 
3022 public:
3023   PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3024     : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3025 
3026   bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
3027   bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
3028   bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3029                               uint64_t &Members) const;
3030 
3031   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3032   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3033 
3034   // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3035   // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3036   // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3037   // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3038   // entry.  This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3039   // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
3040   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3041     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3042       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3043     for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
3044       // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3045       // One exception:  An aggregate containing a single floating-point
3046       // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
3047       const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
3048       if (T) {
3049         const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3050         if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3051             (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
3052           QualType QT(T, 0);
3053           I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
3054           continue;
3055         }
3056       }
3057       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
3058     }
3059   }
3060 
3061   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3062                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3063 };
3064 
3065 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3066 public:
3067   PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3068                                PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3069     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3070 
3071   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3072     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3073     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3074   }
3075 
3076   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3077                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3078 };
3079 
3080 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3081 public:
3082   PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3083 
3084   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3085     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3086     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3087   }
3088 
3089   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3090                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3091 };
3092 
3093 }
3094 
3095 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3096 // extended to 64 bits.
3097 bool
3098 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3099   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3100   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3101     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3102 
3103   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3104   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3105     return true;
3106 
3107   // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3108   // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3109   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3110     switch (BT->getKind()) {
3111     case BuiltinType::Int:
3112     case BuiltinType::UInt:
3113       return true;
3114     default:
3115       break;
3116     }
3117 
3118   return false;
3119 }
3120 
3121 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3122 /// alignment in the parameter area.
3123 bool
3124 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3125   // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3126   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3127     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3128 
3129   // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3130   // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3131   if (Ty->isVectorType())
3132     return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3133 
3134   // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3135   // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3136   const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3137   const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3138   if (EltType) {
3139     const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3140     if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3141          getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3142         (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3143       AlignAsType = EltType;
3144   }
3145 
3146   // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3147   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3148   uint64_t Members = 0;
3149   if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3150       isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3151     AlignAsType = Base;
3152 
3153   // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3154   if (AlignAsType)
3155     return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3156 
3157   // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3158   // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3159   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3160     return true;
3161 
3162   return false;
3163 }
3164 
3165 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3166 /// aggregate.  Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3167 /// to the number of base elements.
3168 bool
3169 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3170                                            uint64_t &Members) const {
3171   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3172     uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3173     if (NElements == 0)
3174       return false;
3175     if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3176       return false;
3177     Members *= NElements;
3178   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3179     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3180     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3181       return false;
3182 
3183     Members = 0;
3184     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3185       // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3186       QualType FT = FD->getType();
3187       while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3188              getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3189         if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3190           return false;
3191         FT = AT->getElementType();
3192       }
3193       if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3194         continue;
3195 
3196       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3197       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3198           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3199         continue;
3200 
3201       uint64_t FldMembers;
3202       if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3203         return false;
3204 
3205       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3206                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3207     }
3208 
3209     if (!Base)
3210       return false;
3211 
3212     // Ensure there is no padding.
3213     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3214         getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3215       return false;
3216   } else {
3217     Members = 1;
3218     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3219       Members = 2;
3220       Ty = CT->getElementType();
3221     }
3222 
3223     // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3224     // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3225     if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3226       if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
3227           BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3228           BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3229         return false;
3230     } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3231       if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128)
3232         return false;
3233     } else {
3234       return false;
3235     }
3236 
3237     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Types that
3238     // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3239     // treated as being equivalent here.
3240     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3241     if (!Base)
3242       Base = TyPtr;
3243 
3244     if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3245         getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3246       return false;
3247   }
3248 
3249   // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3250   // or two registers depending on their size.
3251   uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 :
3252                        (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3253 
3254   // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3255   return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8);
3256 }
3257 
3258 ABIArgInfo
3259 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3260   if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3261     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3262 
3263   // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3264   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3265   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3266     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3267     if (Size > 128)
3268       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3269     else if (Size < 128) {
3270       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3271       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3272     }
3273   }
3274 
3275   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3276     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
3277       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3278 
3279     uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3280     uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3281 
3282     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3283     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3284     uint64_t Members = 0;
3285     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3286         isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3287       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3288       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3289       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3290     }
3291 
3292     // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3293     // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3294     // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3295     // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3296     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3297     if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3298       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3299 
3300       // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3301       // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3302       if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3303         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3304                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3305       // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3306       // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3307       else {
3308         uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3309         uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3310         llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3311         CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3312       }
3313 
3314       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3315     }
3316 
3317     // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
3318     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3319                                    /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
3320   }
3321 
3322   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3323           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3324 }
3325 
3326 ABIArgInfo
3327 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3328   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3329     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3330 
3331   if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3332     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3333 
3334   // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3335   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3336   if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3337     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3338     if (Size > 128)
3339       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3340     else if (Size < 128) {
3341       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3342       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3343     }
3344   }
3345 
3346   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3347     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3348     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3349     uint64_t Members = 0;
3350     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3351         isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3352       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3353       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3354       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3355     }
3356 
3357     // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3358     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3359     if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3360       if (Bits == 0)
3361         return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3362 
3363       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3364       if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3365         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3366         CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL);
3367       } else
3368         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3369                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3370       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3371     }
3372 
3373     // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
3374     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3375   }
3376 
3377   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3378           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3379 }
3380 
3381 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3382 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3383                                            QualType Ty,
3384                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3385   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3386   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3387 
3388   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3389   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3390   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3391 
3392   // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3393   if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3394     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3395     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3396     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3397     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3398   }
3399 
3400   // Update the va_list pointer.  The pointer should be bumped by the
3401   // size of the object.  We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3402   // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword.  For these, the
3403   // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
3404   unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3405   QualType BaseTy;
3406   unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3407 
3408   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3409     BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3410     CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3411     if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3412       SizeInBytes = 16;
3413   }
3414 
3415   unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3416   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3417     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3418                       "ap.next");
3419   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3420 
3421   // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3422   // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3423   // in separate doublewords.  However, Clang expects us to produce a
3424   // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly.  So generate
3425   // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3426   // and store them to a temporary structure.
3427   if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3428     llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3429     llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
3430     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3431       RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3432       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3433     } else {
3434       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3435     }
3436     llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3437     RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3438     ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3439     llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3440     llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3441     llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3442                                             "vacplx");
3443     llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3444     llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3445     Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3446     Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3447     return Ptr;
3448   }
3449 
3450   // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3451   // its doubleword slot.  Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3452   // correct offset.
3453   if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3454     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3455     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3456     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3457   }
3458 
3459   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3460   return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3461 }
3462 
3463 static bool
3464 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3465                               llvm::Value *Address) {
3466   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3467   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3468 
3469   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3470 
3471   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3472   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3473   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3474   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3475 
3476   // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3477   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3478 
3479   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3480   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3481 
3482   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3483   // 64: mq
3484   // 65: lr
3485   // 66: ctr
3486   // 67: ap
3487   // 68-75 cr0-7
3488   // 76: xer
3489   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3490 
3491   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3492   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3493 
3494   // 109: vrsave
3495   // 110: vscr
3496   // 111: spe_acc
3497   // 112: spefscr
3498   // 113: sfp
3499   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3500 
3501   return false;
3502 }
3503 
3504 bool
3505 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3506   CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3507   llvm::Value *Address) const {
3508 
3509   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3510 }
3511 
3512 bool
3513 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3514                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3515 
3516   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3517 }
3518 
3519 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3520 // AArch64 ABI Implementation
3521 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3522 
3523 namespace {
3524 
3525 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3526 public:
3527   enum ABIKind {
3528     AAPCS = 0,
3529     DarwinPCS
3530   };
3531 
3532 private:
3533   ABIKind Kind;
3534 
3535 public:
3536   AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3537 
3538 private:
3539   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3540   bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3541 
3542   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3543   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3544                                   bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3545                                   bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
3546   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3547 
3548   virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3549     // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3550     // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3551     // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3552     // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3553     // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3554     // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3555     unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
3556 
3557     // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3558     // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3559     // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3560     // partially in registers.
3561     unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
3562 
3563     // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3564     // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3565     unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
3566 
3567     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3568       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3569     unsigned ArgNo = 0;
3570     for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3571          it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
3572       unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3573       bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3574       const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3575       const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
3576       bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
3577       it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
3578                                       AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
3579 
3580       // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3581       // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3582       // padding by the back end.
3583       if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3584           getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3585         uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3586         NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
3587 
3588         llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3589             llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3590         it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3591       }
3592 
3593       // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3594       // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3595       // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3596       if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3597         llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3598             llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
3599         it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
3600       }
3601 
3602       // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3603       // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3604       if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3605         llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3606             llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3607         it->info =
3608             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3609       }
3610     }
3611   }
3612 
3613   llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3614                                CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3615 
3616   llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3617                               CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3618 
3619   virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3620                                  CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3621     return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3622                          : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3623   }
3624 };
3625 
3626 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3627 public:
3628   AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3629       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3630 
3631   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3632     return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3633   }
3634 
3635   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3636 
3637   virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3638 };
3639 }
3640 
3641 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3642                                    ASTContext &Context,
3643                                    bool isAArch64,
3644                                    uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
3645 
3646 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3647                                                 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3648                                                 bool &IsHA,
3649                                                 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3650                                                 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3651                                                 bool IsNamedArg) const {
3652   // Handle illegal vector types here.
3653   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3654     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3655     if (Size <= 32) {
3656       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3657       AllocatedGPR++;
3658       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3659     }
3660     if (Size == 64) {
3661       llvm::Type *ResType =
3662           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3663       AllocatedVFP++;
3664       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3665     }
3666     if (Size == 128) {
3667       llvm::Type *ResType =
3668           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3669       AllocatedVFP++;
3670       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3671     }
3672     AllocatedGPR++;
3673     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3674   }
3675   if (Ty->isVectorType())
3676     // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3677     AllocatedVFP++;
3678   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3679     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3680         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3681         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3682         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3683       AllocatedVFP++;
3684   }
3685 
3686   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3687     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3688     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3689       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3690 
3691     if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
3692       unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3693       if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3694         AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3695 
3696       int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3697       AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3698     }
3699     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3700                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3701                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3702   }
3703 
3704   // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3705   // copy constructor are always indirect.
3706   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
3707     AllocatedGPR++;
3708     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3709                                           CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3710   }
3711 
3712   // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3713   // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3714   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3715     if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3716       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3717 
3718     ++AllocatedGPR;
3719     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3720   }
3721 
3722   // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
3723   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3724   uint64_t Members = 0;
3725   if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true, &Members)) {
3726     IsHA = true;
3727     if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3728       // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3729       // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3730       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3731       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3732       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3733     }
3734     AllocatedVFP += Members;
3735     return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3736   }
3737 
3738   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3739   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3740   if (Size <= 128) {
3741     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3742     if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3743       AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3744 
3745     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3746     AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3747     IsSmallAggr = true;
3748     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3749     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
3750     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
3751       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3752       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3753     }
3754     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3755   }
3756 
3757   AllocatedGPR++;
3758   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3759 }
3760 
3761 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3762   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3763     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3764 
3765   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3766   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3767     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3768 
3769   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3770     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3771     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3772       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3773 
3774     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3775                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3776                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3777   }
3778 
3779   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3780     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3781 
3782   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3783   if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), true))
3784     // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3785     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3786 
3787   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3788   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3789   if (Size <= 128) {
3790     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3791     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3792   }
3793 
3794   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3795 }
3796 
3797 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3798 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
3799   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3800     // Check whether VT is legal.
3801     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3802     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3803     // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3804     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3805       return true;
3806     return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3807   }
3808   return false;
3809 }
3810 
3811 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3812                                      int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3813                                      bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3814   // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3815   // Standard, section B.4:
3816   //
3817   // struct {
3818   //   void *__stack;
3819   //   void *__gr_top;
3820   //   void *__vr_top;
3821   //   int __gr_offs;
3822   //   int __vr_offs;
3823   // };
3824 
3825   llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3826   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3827   llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3828   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3829   auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3830 
3831   llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
3832   int reg_top_index;
3833   int RegSize;
3834   if (AllocatedGPR) {
3835     assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3836     // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3837     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3838     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3839     reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3840     RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3841   } else {
3842     assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3843     // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3844     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3845     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3846     reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3847     RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3848   }
3849 
3850   //=======================================
3851   // Find out where argument was passed
3852   //=======================================
3853 
3854   // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3855   // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3856   // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3857   // whatever they get).
3858   llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
3859   UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3860       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3861 
3862   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3863 
3864   // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
3865   // question is whether this particular type is too big.
3866   CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3867 
3868   // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3869   // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3870   // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3871   if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3872     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3873 
3874     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3875         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3876         "align_regoffs");
3877     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3878         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3879         "aligned_regoffs");
3880   }
3881 
3882   // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
3883   llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
3884   NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3885       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3886   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3887 
3888   // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3889   // registers or not.
3890   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
3891   InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3892       NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3893 
3894   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3895 
3896   //=======================================
3897   // Argument was in registers
3898   //=======================================
3899 
3900   // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3901   // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3902   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3903 
3904   llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
3905   reg_top_p =
3906       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3907   reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3908   llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
3909   llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
3910   llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3911 
3912   if (IsIndirect) {
3913     // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3914     // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3915     MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3916   }
3917 
3918   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3919   uint64_t NumMembers;
3920   bool IsHFA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, true, &NumMembers);
3921   if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
3922     // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3923     // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3924     // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3925     // contiguously.
3926     assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3927     llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3928     llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3929     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3930     int Offset = 0;
3931 
3932     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3933       Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3934     for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3935       llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3936           llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3937       llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3938       LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3939           LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3940       llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3941 
3942       llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3943       CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3944     }
3945 
3946     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3947   } else {
3948     // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3949     unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
3950     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3951         (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
3952         Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3953       int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3954       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3955 
3956       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3957           BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3958 
3959       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3960     }
3961 
3962     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3963   }
3964 
3965   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3966 
3967   //=======================================
3968   // Argument was on the stack
3969   //=======================================
3970   CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3971 
3972   llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
3973   stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3974   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3975 
3976   // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3977   // floating-point ones might be affected.
3978   if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3979     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3980 
3981     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3982 
3983     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3984         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3985         "align_stack");
3986     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3987         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3988         "align_stack");
3989 
3990     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3991   }
3992 
3993   uint64_t StackSize;
3994   if (IsIndirect)
3995     StackSize = 8;
3996   else
3997     StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3998 
3999   // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4000   StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4001 
4002   llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4003   llvm::Value *NewStack =
4004       CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4005 
4006   // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4007   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4008 
4009   if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4010       Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4011     int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4012     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4013 
4014     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4015         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4016 
4017     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4018   }
4019 
4020   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4021 
4022   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4023 
4024   //=======================================
4025   // Tidy up
4026   //=======================================
4027   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4028 
4029   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4030   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4031   ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4032 
4033   if (IsIndirect)
4034     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4035 
4036   return ResAddr;
4037 }
4038 
4039 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4040                                           CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4041 
4042   unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
4043   bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
4044   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
4045                                        IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
4046 
4047   return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
4048                           AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
4049 }
4050 
4051 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4052                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4053   // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4054   // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4055   // other cases.
4056   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
4057     return nullptr;
4058 
4059   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4060   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4061 
4062   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4063   bool isHA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true);
4064 
4065   bool isIndirect = false;
4066   // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4067   // be passed indirectly.
4068   if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4069     isIndirect = true;
4070     Size = 8;
4071     Align = 8;
4072   }
4073 
4074   llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4075   llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4076 
4077   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4078   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4079   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4080 
4081   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4082     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4083     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4084     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4085   }
4086 
4087   const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4088   if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4089     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4090     Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4091     llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4092     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4093     llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4094     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4095   }
4096 
4097   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4098   llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4099       Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4100   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4101 
4102   if (isIndirect)
4103     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4104   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4105   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4106 
4107   return AddrTyped;
4108 }
4109 
4110 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4111 // ARM ABI Implementation
4112 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4113 
4114 namespace {
4115 
4116 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4117 public:
4118   enum ABIKind {
4119     APCS = 0,
4120     AAPCS = 1,
4121     AAPCS_VFP
4122   };
4123 
4124 private:
4125   ABIKind Kind;
4126   mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4127   const unsigned NumVFPs;
4128   const unsigned NumGPRs;
4129   mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4130   mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
4131 
4132 public:
4133   ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4134     NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
4135     setRuntimeCC();
4136     resetAllocatedRegs();
4137   }
4138 
4139   bool isEABI() const {
4140     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4141     case llvm::Triple::Android:
4142     case llvm::Triple::EABI:
4143     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4144     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
4145     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4146       return true;
4147     default:
4148       return false;
4149     }
4150   }
4151 
4152   bool isEABIHF() const {
4153     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4154     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4155     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4156       return true;
4157     default:
4158       return false;
4159     }
4160   }
4161 
4162   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4163 
4164 private:
4165   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4166   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
4167                                   bool &IsCPRC) const;
4168   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4169 
4170   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4171 
4172   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4173                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
4174 
4175   llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4176   llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4177   void setRuntimeCC();
4178 
4179   void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4180   void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4181   void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
4182 };
4183 
4184 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4185 public:
4186   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4187     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
4188 
4189   const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4190     return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4191   }
4192 
4193   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4194     return 13;
4195   }
4196 
4197   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
4198     return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4199   }
4200 
4201   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4202                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
4203     llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
4204 
4205     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
4206     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
4207     return false;
4208   }
4209 
4210   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
4211     if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4212     return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4213   }
4214 
4215   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4216                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
4217     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4218     if (!FD)
4219       return;
4220 
4221     const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4222     if (!Attr)
4223       return;
4224 
4225     const char *Kind;
4226     switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4227     case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4228     case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ:     Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4229     case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ:     Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4230     case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI:     Kind = "SWI"; break;
4231     case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT:   Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4232     case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF:   Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4233     }
4234 
4235     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4236 
4237     Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4238 
4239     if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4240       return;
4241 
4242     // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4243     // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4244     // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4245     llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4246     B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4247     Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4248                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4249                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4250                                               B));
4251   }
4252 
4253 };
4254 
4255 }
4256 
4257 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4258   // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
4259   // VFP registers allocated so far.
4260   // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4261   // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4262   // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4263   // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4264   // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4265   resetAllocatedRegs();
4266 
4267   const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4268       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic();
4269 
4270   if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4271     if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4272       markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4273   } else {
4274     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4275   }
4276   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
4277     unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4278     unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
4279     bool IsCPRC = false;
4280     // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4281     // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
4282     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
4283 
4284     // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4285     // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4286     // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
4287     // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
4288     // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4289     // unusable anyway.
4290     // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4291     // backend can handle that situation correctly.
4292     const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
4293     const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4294     if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4295         StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
4296       llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4297           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
4298       if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
4299         I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4300                                        PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4301       } else {
4302         I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4303                                        PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4304       }
4305     }
4306   }
4307 
4308   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4309   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4310     return;
4311 
4312   llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4313   if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4314     FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4315 }
4316 
4317 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4318 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4319   // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
4320   if (isEABIHF())
4321     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4322   else if (isEABI())
4323     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4324   else
4325     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4326 }
4327 
4328 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4329 /// as the C calling convention.
4330 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
4331   switch (getABIKind()) {
4332   case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4333   case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4334   case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4335   }
4336   llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4337 }
4338 
4339 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
4340   assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4341 
4342   // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4343   // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4344   llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4345   if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4346     RuntimeCC = abiCC;
4347 }
4348 
4349 /// isARMHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
4350 /// aggregate.  If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
4351 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
4352 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
4353 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
4354                                    ASTContext &Context, bool isAArch64,
4355                                    uint64_t *HAMembers) {
4356   uint64_t Members = 0;
4357   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
4358     if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &Members))
4359       return false;
4360     Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4361   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4362     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4363     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4364       return false;
4365 
4366     Members = 0;
4367     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
4368       uint64_t FldMembers;
4369       if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &FldMembers))
4370         return false;
4371 
4372       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4373                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
4374     }
4375   } else {
4376     Members = 1;
4377     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4378       Members = 2;
4379       Ty = CT->getElementType();
4380     }
4381 
4382     // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4383     // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. "long double" has the same machine
4384     // type as double, so it is also allowed as a base type.
4385     // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4386     // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4387     // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4388     // including __fp16.
4389     if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4390       if (isAArch64) {
4391         if (!BT->isFloatingPoint())
4392           return false;
4393       } else {
4394         if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
4395             BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
4396             BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4397           return false;
4398       }
4399     } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4400       unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
4401       if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
4402         return false;
4403     } else {
4404       return false;
4405     }
4406 
4407     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Vector types of the
4408     // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
4409     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4410     if (!Base)
4411       Base = TyPtr;
4412 
4413     if (Base != TyPtr) {
4414       // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
4415       // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
4416       // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
4417 
4418       // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
4419       //    of their members.
4420       const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
4421         && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4422 
4423       // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
4424       //    machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
4425       const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4426            (   (   Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4427                 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4428             || (   Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4429                 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4430         && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4431 
4432       if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4433         return false;
4434     }
4435   }
4436 
4437   // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4438   if (HAMembers)
4439     *HAMembers = Members;
4440 
4441   return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
4442 }
4443 
4444 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4445 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
4446 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4447                                    unsigned NumRequired) const {
4448   // Early Exit.
4449   if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4450     // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4451     // the stack.
4452     AllocatedVFPs = 17;
4453     return;
4454   }
4455   // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4456   // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4457   // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4458   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4459     bool FoundSlot = true;
4460     for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4461       if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4462          FoundSlot = false;
4463          break;
4464       }
4465     if (FoundSlot) {
4466       for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4467         VFPRegs[J] = 1;
4468       AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
4469       return;
4470     }
4471   }
4472   // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4473   // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4474   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4475     VFPRegs[I] = 1;
4476   AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
4477 }
4478 
4479 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4480 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4481 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4482 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
4483                                    unsigned NumRequired) const {
4484   assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4485 
4486   if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4487     AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4488 
4489   AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4490 }
4491 
4492 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4493   AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4494   AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4495   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4496     VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4497 }
4498 
4499 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
4500                                             bool &IsCPRC) const {
4501   // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4502   // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4503   //   A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4504   //   half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4505   //   A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4506   //   with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4507   //   64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4508   //   to four Elements.
4509 
4510   const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4511       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4512 
4513   // Handle illegal vector types here.
4514   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4515     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4516     if (Size <= 32) {
4517       llvm::Type *ResType =
4518           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4519       markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4520       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4521     }
4522     if (Size == 64) {
4523       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4524           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
4525       if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4526         markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4527       } else {
4528         markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4529         IsCPRC = true;
4530       }
4531       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4532     }
4533     if (Size == 128) {
4534       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4535           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
4536       if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4537         markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4538       } else {
4539         markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4540         IsCPRC = true;
4541       }
4542       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4543     }
4544     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4545     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4546   }
4547   // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
4548   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4549     if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4550       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4551       // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4552       markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4553       IsCPRC = true;
4554     }
4555   }
4556   // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
4557   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4558     if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4559       if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4560           BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4561         markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4562         IsCPRC = true;
4563       }
4564       if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4565           BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4566         markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4567         IsCPRC = true;
4568       }
4569     }
4570   }
4571 
4572   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4573     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4574     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4575       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4576     }
4577 
4578     unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4579     if (!IsCPRC)
4580       markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
4581     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()
4582                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4583                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP));
4584   }
4585 
4586   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4587     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4588     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4589   }
4590 
4591   // Ignore empty records.
4592   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
4593     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4594 
4595   if (isAAPCS_VFP) {
4596     // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4597     // into VFP registers.
4598     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4599     uint64_t Members = 0;
4600     if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), false, &Members)) {
4601       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4602       // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4603       if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4604         // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4605         unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
4606         markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
4607                           Members * ElementSize);
4608       } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
4609         markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
4610       else {
4611         assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4612                Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
4613         markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
4614       }
4615       IsCPRC = true;
4616       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4617     }
4618   }
4619 
4620   // Support byval for ARM.
4621   // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4622   // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4623   // than ABI alignment.
4624   uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4625   uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4626   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4627       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4628     ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4629   if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
4630     // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4631     // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4632     // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4633     // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4634     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
4635     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
4636            /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
4637   }
4638 
4639   // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
4640   llvm::Type* ElemTy;
4641   unsigned SizeRegs;
4642   // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4643   // we can.
4644   if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
4645     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4646     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
4647     markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
4648   } else {
4649     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4650     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
4651     markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
4652   }
4653 
4654   llvm::Type *STy =
4655     llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
4656   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4657 }
4658 
4659 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
4660                               llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4661   // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4662   // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4663   // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4664 
4665   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4666 
4667   // Check that the type fits in a word.
4668   if (Size > 32)
4669     return false;
4670 
4671   // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4672   if (Ty->isVectorType())
4673     return false;
4674 
4675   // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4676   if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4677     return false;
4678 
4679   // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
4680   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
4681     return true;
4682 
4683   // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4684   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4685     return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
4686 
4687   // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4688   // above, but they are not.
4689 
4690   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4691   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4692   if (!RT) return false;
4693 
4694   // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4695   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4696   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4697     return false;
4698 
4699   // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4700   // like".
4701   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4702 
4703   bool HadField = false;
4704   unsigned idx = 0;
4705   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4706        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
4707     const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
4708 
4709     // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4710     // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4711     //   struct { int : 0; int x }
4712     // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4713     if (FD->isBitField()) {
4714       if (!RD->isUnion())
4715         HadField = true;
4716 
4717       if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4718         return false;
4719 
4720       continue;
4721     }
4722 
4723     // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4724     if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4725       return false;
4726 
4727     if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4728       return false;
4729 
4730     // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4731     // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4732     // empty structure.
4733     if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4734       if (HadField)
4735         return false;
4736 
4737       HadField = true;
4738     }
4739   }
4740 
4741   return true;
4742 }
4743 
4744 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4745                                           bool isVariadic) const {
4746   const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4747       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4748 
4749   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4750     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4751 
4752   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4753   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4754     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4755     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4756   }
4757 
4758   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4759     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4760     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4761       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4762 
4763     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()
4764                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4765                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP));
4766   }
4767 
4768   // Are we following APCS?
4769   if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
4770     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
4771       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4772 
4773     // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4774     //
4775     // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4776     // correctly.
4777     if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4778       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4779           getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
4780 
4781     // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
4782     if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
4783       // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4784       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4785       if (Size <= 8)
4786         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4787       if (Size <= 16)
4788         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4789       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4790     }
4791 
4792     // Otherwise return in memory.
4793     markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4794     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4795   }
4796 
4797   // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4798 
4799   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4800     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4801 
4802   // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
4803   if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4804     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4805     if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), false)) {
4806       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4807       // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4808       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4809     }
4810   }
4811 
4812   // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4813   // are returned indirectly.
4814   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4815   if (Size <= 32) {
4816     if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4817       // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4818       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4819                                    nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4820 
4821     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4822     if (Size <= 8)
4823       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4824                                    nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4825     if (Size <= 16)
4826       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4827                                    nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4828     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4829                                  nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4830   }
4831 
4832   markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4833   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4834 }
4835 
4836 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4837 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4838   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4839     // Check whether VT is legal.
4840     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4841     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4842     // NumElements should be power of 2.
4843     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4844       return true;
4845     // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4846     return Size <= 32;
4847   }
4848   return false;
4849 }
4850 
4851 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4852                                    CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4853   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4854   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
4855 
4856   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4857   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4858   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4859 
4860   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4861     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4862     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4863     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4864   }
4865 
4866   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4867   uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4868   bool IsIndirect = false;
4869 
4870   // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4871   // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
4872   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4873       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4874     TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4875   else
4876     TyAlign = 4;
4877   // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4878   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4879     IsIndirect = true;
4880     Size = 4;
4881     TyAlign = 4;
4882   }
4883 
4884   // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
4885   if (TyAlign > 4) {
4886     assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4887            "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4888     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4889     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4890     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
4891     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
4892   }
4893 
4894   uint64_t Offset =
4895     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
4896   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
4897     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
4898                       "ap.next");
4899   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4900 
4901   if (IsIndirect)
4902     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4903   else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
4904     // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4905     // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4906     // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4907     // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4908     // than the ABI alignment.
4909     llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4910     CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4911     llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4912                                                     "var.align");
4913     llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4914     llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4915     Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4916         llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4917         TyAlign, false);
4918     Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4919   }
4920   llvm::Type *PTy =
4921     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4922   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4923 
4924   return AddrTyped;
4925 }
4926 
4927 namespace {
4928 
4929 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4930  public:
4931   NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4932       : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
4933   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4934   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4935                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
4936  private:
4937   PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4938   ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4939 };
4940 
4941 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo  {
4942  public:
4943   NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4944       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4945 };
4946 
4947 }
4948 
4949 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4950   if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4951     PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4952   else
4953     static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4954 }
4955 
4956 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4957                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4958   // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4959   // is unsupported.
4960   return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4961 }
4962 
4963 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4964 // NVPTX ABI Implementation
4965 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4966 
4967 namespace {
4968 
4969 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4970 public:
4971   NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4972 
4973   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4974   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4975 
4976   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4977   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4978                          CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
4979 };
4980 
4981 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4982 public:
4983   NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4984     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
4985 
4986   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4987                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
4988 private:
4989   // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4990   // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4991   static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
4992 };
4993 
4994 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4995   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4996     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4997 
4998   // note: this is different from default ABI
4999   if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5000     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5001 
5002   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5003   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5004     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5005 
5006   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5007           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5008 }
5009 
5010 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5011   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5012   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5013     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5014 
5015   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5016           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5017 }
5018 
5019 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5020   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5021     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5022   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5023     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5024 
5025   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5026   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5027     return;
5028 
5029   FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5030 }
5031 
5032 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5033                                      CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5034   llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
5035 }
5036 
5037 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5038 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5039                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
5040   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5041   if (!FD) return;
5042 
5043   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5044 
5045   // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
5046   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5047     // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
5048     // By default, all functions are device functions
5049     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5050       // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
5051       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5052       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5053       // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5054       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5055     }
5056   }
5057 
5058   // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
5059   if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5060     // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry.  Since
5061     // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5062     // need to set the noinline attribute.
5063     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5064       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5065       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5066     }
5067     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5068       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5069       addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5070                       FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5071       // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5072       // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5073       // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5074       // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5075       int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5076       if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5077         // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5078         addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5079       }
5080     }
5081   }
5082 }
5083 
5084 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5085                                              int Operand) {
5086   llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5087   llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5088 
5089   // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5090   llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5091 
5092   llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
5093       F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5094       llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
5095   // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5096   MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5097 }
5098 }
5099 
5100 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5101 // SystemZ ABI Implementation
5102 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5103 
5104 namespace {
5105 
5106 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5107 public:
5108   SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5109 
5110   bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5111   bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5112   bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5113 
5114   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5115   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5116 
5117   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
5118     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5119       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5120     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5121       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5122   }
5123 
5124   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5125                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5126 };
5127 
5128 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5129 public:
5130   SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5131     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5132 };
5133 
5134 }
5135 
5136 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5137   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5138   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5139     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5140 
5141   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5142   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5143     return true;
5144 
5145   // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5146   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5147     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5148     case BuiltinType::Int:
5149     case BuiltinType::UInt:
5150       return true;
5151     default:
5152       return false;
5153     }
5154   return false;
5155 }
5156 
5157 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5158   return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5159 }
5160 
5161 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5162   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5163     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5164     case BuiltinType::Float:
5165     case BuiltinType::Double:
5166       return true;
5167     default:
5168       return false;
5169     }
5170 
5171   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5172     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5173     bool Found = false;
5174 
5175     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5176     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
5177       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5178         QualType Base = I.getType();
5179 
5180         // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5181         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5182           continue;
5183 
5184         if (Found)
5185           return false;
5186         Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5187         if (!Found)
5188           return false;
5189       }
5190 
5191     // Check the fields.
5192     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
5193       // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5194       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5195       // do count.  So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5196       if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5197         return true;
5198 
5199       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5200       // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5201       if (Found)
5202         return false;
5203       Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5204       if (!Found)
5205         return false;
5206     }
5207 
5208     // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5209     // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5210     return Found;
5211   }
5212 
5213   return false;
5214 }
5215 
5216 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5217                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5218   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5219   // struct {
5220   //   i64 __gpr;
5221   //   i64 __fpr;
5222   //   i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5223   //   i8 *__reg_save_area;
5224   // };
5225 
5226   // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5227   // GPRs or FPRs.
5228   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5229   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5230   bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5231 
5232   llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5233   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5234   unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5235   if (IsIndirect) {
5236     APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5237     UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5238   } else
5239     UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5240   unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5241   assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5242 
5243   unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5244   unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5245 
5246   unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5247   if (InFPRs) {
5248     MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5249     RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5250     RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5251     RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5252   } else {
5253     MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5254     RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5255     RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5256     RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5257   }
5258 
5259   llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5260     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5261   llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5262   llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5263   llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5264   llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
5265                                                  "fits_in_regs");
5266 
5267   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5268   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5269   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5270   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5271 
5272   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5273   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5274 
5275   // Work out the address of an argument register.
5276   llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5277   llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5278     CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5279   llvm::Value *RegBase =
5280     llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5281   llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5282     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5283   llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5284     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5285   llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5286     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5287   llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5288     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5289   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5290     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5291 
5292   // Update the register count
5293   llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5294   llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5295     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5296   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5297   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5298 
5299   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5300   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5301 
5302   // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5303   llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5304     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5305   llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5306     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5307   llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5308   llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5309     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5310   llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5311     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5312 
5313   // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5314   llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5315     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5316   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5317   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5318 
5319   // Return the appropriate result.
5320   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5321   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5322   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5323   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5324 
5325   if (IsIndirect)
5326     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5327 
5328   return ResAddr;
5329 }
5330 
5331 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5332   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5333     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5334   if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5335     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5336   return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5337           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5338 }
5339 
5340 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5341   // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
5342   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5343     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5344 
5345   // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5346   if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5347     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5348 
5349   // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5350   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5351   if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
5352     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5353 
5354   // Handle small structures.
5355   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5356     // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5357     // fail the size test above.
5358     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5359     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5360       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5361 
5362     // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5363     llvm::Type *PassTy;
5364     if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5365       assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5366       if (Size == 32)
5367         PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5368       else
5369         PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5370     } else
5371       PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5372     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5373   }
5374 
5375   // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5376   if (isCompoundType(Ty))
5377     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5378 
5379   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
5380 }
5381 
5382 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5383 // MSP430 ABI Implementation
5384 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5385 
5386 namespace {
5387 
5388 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5389 public:
5390   MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5391     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5392   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5393                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5394 };
5395 
5396 }
5397 
5398 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5399                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5400                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5401   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5402     if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5403       // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5404       llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5405 
5406       // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5407       F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5408 
5409       // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
5410       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5411 
5412       // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
5413       unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
5414       llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5415                                 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
5416     }
5417   }
5418 }
5419 
5420 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5421 // MIPS ABI Implementation.  This works for both little-endian and
5422 // big-endian variants.
5423 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5424 
5425 namespace {
5426 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5427   bool IsO32;
5428   unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5429   void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5430                        SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
5431   llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
5432   llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
5433   llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
5434 public:
5435   MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
5436     ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
5437     StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
5438 
5439   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5440   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
5441   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5442   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5443                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5444 };
5445 
5446 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5447   unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
5448 public:
5449   MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5450     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
5451       SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
5452 
5453   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5454     return 29;
5455   }
5456 
5457   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5458                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5459     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5460     if (!FD) return;
5461     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5462     if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5463       Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5464     }
5465     else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5466       Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5467     }
5468   }
5469 
5470   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5471                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
5472 
5473   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
5474     return SizeOfUnwindException;
5475   }
5476 };
5477 }
5478 
5479 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5480                                   SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
5481   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5482     llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5483 
5484   // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5485   for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5486     ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5487 
5488   // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5489   unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5490 
5491   if (R)
5492     ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
5493 }
5494 
5495 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5496 // a register.
5497 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
5498   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5499 
5500   if (IsO32) {
5501     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5502     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5503   }
5504 
5505   if (Ty->isComplexType())
5506     return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5507 
5508   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5509 
5510   // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5511   if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5512     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5513     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5514   }
5515 
5516   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5517   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5518   assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
5519 
5520   uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5521   unsigned idx = 0;
5522   llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5523 
5524   // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5525   // double fields.
5526   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5527        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
5528     const QualType Ty = i->getType();
5529     const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5530 
5531     if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5532       continue;
5533 
5534     uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5535     if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5536       continue;
5537 
5538     // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5539     for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5540       ArgList.push_back(I64);
5541 
5542     // Add double type.
5543     ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5544     LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5545   }
5546 
5547   CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5548   ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
5549 
5550   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5551 }
5552 
5553 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5554                                         uint64_t Offset) const {
5555   if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
5556     return nullptr;
5557 
5558   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
5559 }
5560 
5561 ABIArgInfo
5562 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
5563   uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
5564   uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5565   uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5566 
5567   Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5568                    (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
5569   unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5570   Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
5571 
5572   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
5573     // Ignore empty aggregates.
5574     if (TySize == 0)
5575       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5576 
5577     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
5578       Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
5579       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5580     }
5581 
5582     // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5583     // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5584     // aggregate is unaligned.
5585     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5586                                  getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5587   }
5588 
5589   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5590   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5591     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5592 
5593   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5594     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5595 
5596   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
5597       nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5598 }
5599 
5600 llvm::Type*
5601 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
5602   const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5603   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
5604 
5605   if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5606     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5607     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5608     unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
5609 
5610     // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5611     // following conditions are met:
5612     // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5613     // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5614     //    point types.
5615     // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5616     //
5617     // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5618     //
5619     if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5620       RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5621       for (; b != e; ++b) {
5622         const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5623 
5624         if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5625           break;
5626 
5627         RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
5628       }
5629 
5630       if (b == e)
5631         return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5632                                      RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5633 
5634       RTList.clear();
5635     }
5636   }
5637 
5638   CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
5639   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5640 }
5641 
5642 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5643   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5644 
5645   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5646     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5647 
5648   // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5649   // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5650   if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
5651     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5652 
5653   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
5654     if (Size <= 128) {
5655       if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5656         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5657 
5658       // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
5659       // aggregates in registers.
5660       if (!IsO32 ||
5661           (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5662         ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5663             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5664         ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5665         return ArgInfo;
5666       }
5667     }
5668 
5669     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5670   }
5671 
5672   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5673   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5674     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5675 
5676   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5677           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5678 }
5679 
5680 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5681   ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
5682   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5683     RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5684 
5685   // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
5686   uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
5687 
5688   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5689     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
5690 }
5691 
5692 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5693                                     CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5694   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5695   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5696 
5697   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5698   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5699   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5700   int64_t TypeAlign =
5701       std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
5702   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5703   llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
5704   unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5705   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5706 
5707   if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5708     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5709     llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5710     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5711     llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5712     llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5713     AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5714   }
5715   else
5716     AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5717 
5718   llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5719   TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
5720   uint64_t Offset =
5721     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5722   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5723     Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5724                       "ap.next");
5725   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5726 
5727   return AddrTyped;
5728 }
5729 
5730 bool
5731 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5732                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
5733   // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5734   // as canonical as it gets.
5735 
5736   // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes.  Double-precision FP registers
5737   // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
5738   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
5739 
5740   // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5741   // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5742   // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5743   // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
5744   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
5745 
5746   // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5747   // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5748 
5749   // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5750   // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5751   // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5752   // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5753   // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
5754   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
5755   return false;
5756 }
5757 
5758 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5759 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5760 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5761 // handling.
5762 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5763 
5764 namespace {
5765 
5766 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5767 public:
5768   TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5769     : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5770 
5771   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5772                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5773 };
5774 
5775 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5776                                                llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5777                                                CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5778   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5779   if (!FD) return;
5780 
5781   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5782 
5783   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5784     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5785       // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5786       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5787       const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5788       if (Attr) {
5789         // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5790         llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5791         llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5792             M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5793 
5794         SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5795         Operands.push_back(F);
5796 
5797         Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
5798                              llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
5799         Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
5800                              llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
5801         Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
5802                              llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
5803 
5804         // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5805         // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5806         // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
5807         Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
5808         OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5809       }
5810     }
5811   }
5812 }
5813 
5814 }
5815 
5816 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5817 // Hexagon ABI Implementation
5818 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5819 
5820 namespace {
5821 
5822 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5823 
5824 
5825 public:
5826   HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5827 
5828 private:
5829 
5830   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5831   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5832 
5833   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5834 
5835   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5836                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5837 };
5838 
5839 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5840 public:
5841   HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5842     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5843 
5844   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
5845     return 29;
5846   }
5847 };
5848 
5849 }
5850 
5851 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5852   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5853     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5854   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5855     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5856 }
5857 
5858 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5859   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5860     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5861     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5862       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5863 
5864     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5865             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5866   }
5867 
5868   // Ignore empty records.
5869   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5870     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5871 
5872   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5873     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5874 
5875   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5876   if (Size > 64)
5877     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5878     // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5879   else if (Size > 32)
5880       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5881   else if (Size > 16)
5882       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5883   else if (Size > 8)
5884       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5885   else
5886       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5887 }
5888 
5889 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5890   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5891     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5892 
5893   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5894   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5895     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5896 
5897   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5898     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5899     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5900       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5901 
5902     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5903             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5904   }
5905 
5906   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5907     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5908 
5909   // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5910   // are returned indirectly.
5911   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5912   if (Size <= 64) {
5913     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5914     if (Size <= 8)
5915       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5916     if (Size <= 16)
5917       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5918     if (Size <= 32)
5919       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5920     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5921   }
5922 
5923   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5924 }
5925 
5926 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5927                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5928   // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
5929   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5930 
5931   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5932   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5933                                                        "ap");
5934   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5935   llvm::Type *PTy =
5936     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5937   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5938 
5939   uint64_t Offset =
5940     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5941   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5942     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5943                       "ap.next");
5944   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5945 
5946   return AddrTyped;
5947 }
5948 
5949 
5950 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5951 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5952 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5953 //
5954 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5955 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5956 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5957 //
5958 // One case requires special care:
5959 //
5960 //   struct mixed {
5961 //     int i;
5962 //     float f;
5963 //   };
5964 //
5965 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5966 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5967 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5968 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5969 //
5970 //   declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5971 //
5972 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5973 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5974 // bytes.
5975 //
5976 namespace {
5977 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5978 public:
5979   SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5980 
5981 private:
5982   ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
5983   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5984   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5985                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5986 
5987   // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5988   // serves two purposes:
5989   //
5990   // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5991   //    in registers.
5992   // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5993   //    code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5994   //
5995   // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5996   // aligned 32-bit floats.
5997   //
5998   struct CoerceBuilder {
5999     llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6000     const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6001     SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6002     uint64_t Size;
6003     bool InReg;
6004 
6005     CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6006       : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6007 
6008     // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6009     void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6010       assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6011       if (ToSize == Size)
6012         return;
6013 
6014       // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6015       uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6016       if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6017         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6018         Size = Aligned;
6019       }
6020 
6021       // Add whole 64-bit words.
6022       while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6023         Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6024         Size += 64;
6025       }
6026 
6027       // Final in-word padding.
6028       if (Size < ToSize) {
6029         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6030         Size = ToSize;
6031       }
6032     }
6033 
6034     // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6035     void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6036       // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6037       if (Offset % Bits)
6038         return;
6039       // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6040       if (Bits < 64)
6041         InReg = true;
6042       pad(Offset);
6043       Elems.push_back(Ty);
6044       Size = Offset + Bits;
6045     }
6046 
6047     // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6048     void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6049       const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6050       for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6051         llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6052         uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6053         switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6054         case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6055           addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6056           break;
6057         case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6058           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6059           break;
6060         case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6061           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6062           break;
6063         case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6064           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6065           break;
6066         case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6067           if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6068             pad(ElemOffset);
6069             Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6070             Size += 64;
6071           }
6072           break;
6073         default:
6074           break;
6075         }
6076       }
6077     }
6078 
6079     // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6080     bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6081       if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
6082         return false;
6083       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
6084         if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
6085           return false;
6086       return true;
6087     }
6088 
6089     // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6090     llvm::Type *getType() const {
6091       if (Elems.size() == 1)
6092         return Elems.front();
6093       else
6094         return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6095     }
6096   };
6097 };
6098 } // end anonymous namespace
6099 
6100 ABIArgInfo
6101 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6102   if (Ty->isVoidType())
6103     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6104 
6105   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6106 
6107   // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6108   // pointer / sret pointer.
6109   if (Size > SizeLimit)
6110     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6111 
6112   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6113   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6114     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6115 
6116   // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6117   if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6118     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6119 
6120   // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6121   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6122     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6123 
6124   // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6125   // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6126   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6127     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6128 
6129   // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
6130   // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6131   llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6132   if (!StrTy)
6133     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6134 
6135   CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6136   CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6137   CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6138 
6139   // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6140   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6141 
6142   if (CB.InReg)
6143     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6144   else
6145     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
6146 }
6147 
6148 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6149                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6150   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6151   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6152   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6153     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6154 
6155   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6156   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6157   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6158   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6159   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6160   llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6161   unsigned Stride;
6162 
6163   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6164   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6165   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6166     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6167 
6168   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6169     Stride = 8;
6170     ArgAddr = Builder
6171       .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6172                           "extend");
6173     break;
6174 
6175   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6176     Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6177     ArgAddr = Addr;
6178     break;
6179 
6180   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6181     Stride = 8;
6182     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6183                                     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6184                                     "indirect");
6185     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6186     break;
6187 
6188   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6189     return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6190   }
6191 
6192   // Update VAList.
6193   Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6194   Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6195 
6196   return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
6197 }
6198 
6199 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6200   FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
6201   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6202     I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
6203 }
6204 
6205 namespace {
6206 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6207 public:
6208   SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6209     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6210 
6211   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6212     return 14;
6213   }
6214 
6215   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6216                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
6217 };
6218 } // end anonymous namespace
6219 
6220 bool
6221 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6222                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6223   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6224   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6225 
6226   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6227 
6228   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6229   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6230   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6231 
6232   // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6233   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6234 
6235   // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6236   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6237 
6238   //   Y   = 64
6239   //   PSR = 65
6240   //   WIM = 66
6241   //   TBR = 67
6242   //   PC  = 68
6243   //   NPC = 69
6244   //   FSR = 70
6245   //   CSR = 71
6246   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6247 
6248   // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6249   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6250 
6251   return false;
6252 }
6253 
6254 
6255 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6256 // XCore ABI Implementation
6257 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6258 
6259 namespace {
6260 
6261 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6262 /// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6263 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6264 
6265 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6266 ///
6267 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6268 ///   1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6269 ///   2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6270 ///
6271 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6272 ///   NonRecursive:   The type encoding is not recursive;
6273 ///   Recursive:      The type encoding is recursive;
6274 ///   Incomplete:     An incomplete TypeString;
6275 ///   IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6276 ///                   Recursive type encoding.
6277 ///
6278 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6279 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6280 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6281 /// the type is encountered.
6282 ///
6283 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6284 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6285 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6286 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6287 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6288 ///
6289 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6290 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6291 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6292 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6293 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6294 ///
6295 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6296 ///
6297 ///   If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6298 ///   cached encoding is used;
6299 ///
6300 ///   If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6301 ///   cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6302 ///
6303 ///   If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6304 ///   cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6305 ///
6306 ///   Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6307 ///   entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6308 ///   it is swapped back in;
6309 ///
6310 ///   If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6311 ///   entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6312 ///   IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6313 ///
6314 ///   If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6315 ///   IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6316 ///   Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6317 ///   been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6318 ///
6319 class TypeStringCache {
6320   enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6321   struct Entry {
6322     std::string Str;     // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6323     enum Status State;   // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6324     std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6325                          // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6326   };
6327   std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6328   unsigned IncompleteCount;     // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6329   unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6330 public:
6331   TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
6332   void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6333   bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6334   void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6335                      bool IsRecursive);
6336   StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6337 };
6338 
6339 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
6340 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6341 class FieldEncoding {
6342   bool HasName;
6343   std::string Enc;
6344 public:
6345   FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6346   StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6347   bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6348     if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6349     return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6350   }
6351 };
6352 
6353 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6354 public:
6355   XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
6356   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6357                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6358 };
6359 
6360 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6361   mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
6362 public:
6363   XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6364     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6365   void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6366                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6367 };
6368 
6369 } // End anonymous namespace.
6370 
6371 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6372                                      CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6373   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6374 
6375   // Get the VAList.
6376   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6377                                                        CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6378   llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
6379 
6380   // Handle the argument.
6381   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6382   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6383   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6384     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6385   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6386   llvm::Value *Val;
6387   uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
6388   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6389   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6390   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6391     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6392   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6393     Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6394     ArgSize = 0;
6395     break;
6396   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6397   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6398     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6399     ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6400     if (ArgSize < 4)
6401       ArgSize = 4;
6402     break;
6403   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6404     llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6405     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6406     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
6407     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6408     ArgSize = 4;
6409     break;
6410   }
6411 
6412   // Increment the VAList.
6413   if (ArgSize) {
6414     llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6415     Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6416   }
6417   return Val;
6418 }
6419 
6420 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6421 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6422 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6423 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6424 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6425 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6426                                     std::string StubEnc) {
6427   if (!ID)
6428     return;
6429   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6430   assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6431          "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6432   assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6433   E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6434   E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6435   E.State = Incomplete;
6436   ++IncompleteCount;
6437 }
6438 
6439 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6440 /// must be removed from the cache.
6441 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6442 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6443 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6444   if (!ID)
6445     return false;
6446   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6447   assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6448   Entry &E = I->second;
6449   assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6450            E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6451          "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6452   bool IsRecursive = false;
6453   if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6454     // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6455     IsRecursive = true;
6456     --IncompleteUsedCount;
6457   }
6458   if (E.Swapped.empty())
6459     Map.erase(I);
6460   else {
6461     // Swap the Recursive back.
6462     E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6463     E.Swapped.clear();
6464     E.State = Recursive;
6465   }
6466   --IncompleteCount;
6467   return IsRecursive;
6468 }
6469 
6470 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6471 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6472 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6473                                     bool IsRecursive) {
6474   if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6475     return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6476   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6477   if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6478     assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6479            "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6480     // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6481     // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6482     // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6483     return;
6484   }
6485   assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6486   E.Str = Str.str();
6487   E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6488 }
6489 
6490 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6491 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6492 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6493 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6494   if (!ID)
6495     return StringRef();   // We have no key.
6496   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6497   if (I == Map.end())
6498     return StringRef();   // We have no encoding.
6499   Entry &E = I->second;
6500   if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6501     return StringRef();   // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6502 
6503   if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6504     // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6505     E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6506     ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6507   }
6508   return E.Str.c_str();
6509 }
6510 
6511 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6512 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6513 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6514 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6515 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6516 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6517 ///
6518 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6519 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6520 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6521 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6522 ///
6523 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6524                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6525 
6526 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6527 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6528                                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6529   SmallStringEnc Enc;
6530   if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6531     llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6532     llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6533     MDVals.push_back(GV);
6534     MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6535     llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6536       CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6537     MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6538   }
6539 }
6540 
6541 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6542                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6543                        TypeStringCache &TSC);
6544 
6545 /// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6546 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6547 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6548                              const RecordDecl *RD,
6549                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6550                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6551   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
6552     SmallStringEnc Enc;
6553     Enc += "m(";
6554     Enc += Field->getName();
6555     Enc += "){";
6556     if (Field->isBitField()) {
6557       Enc += "b(";
6558       llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6559       OS.resync();
6560       OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6561       OS.flush();
6562       Enc += ':';
6563     }
6564     if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6565       return false;
6566     if (Field->isBitField())
6567       Enc += ')';
6568     Enc += '}';
6569     FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
6570   }
6571   return true;
6572 }
6573 
6574 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6575 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6576 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6577 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6578                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6579                              TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6580   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6581   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6582   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6583     Enc += TypeString;
6584     return true;
6585   }
6586 
6587   // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6588   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6589   Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6590   Enc += '(';
6591   if (ID)
6592     Enc += ID->getName();
6593   Enc += "){";
6594 
6595   // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6596   bool IsRecursive = false;
6597   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6598   if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6599     // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6600     // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6601     // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
6602     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6603     std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6604     StubEnc += '}';  // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6605     TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6606     if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6607       (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6608       return false;
6609     }
6610     IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6611     // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6612     // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6613     if (RT->isUnionType())
6614       std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6615     // We can now complete the TypeString.
6616     unsigned E = FE.size();
6617     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6618       if (I)
6619         Enc += ',';
6620       Enc += FE[I].str();
6621     }
6622   }
6623   Enc += '}';
6624   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6625   return true;
6626 }
6627 
6628 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6629 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6630                            TypeStringCache &TSC,
6631                            const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6632   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6633   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6634   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6635     Enc += TypeString;
6636     return true;
6637   }
6638 
6639   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6640   Enc += "e(";
6641   if (ID)
6642     Enc += ID->getName();
6643   Enc += "){";
6644 
6645   // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
6646   if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
6647     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6648     for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6649          ++I) {
6650       SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6651       EnumEnc += "m(";
6652       EnumEnc += I->getName();
6653       EnumEnc += "){";
6654       I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6655       EnumEnc += '}';
6656       FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6657     }
6658     std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6659     unsigned E = FE.size();
6660     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6661       if (I)
6662         Enc += ',';
6663       Enc += FE[I].str();
6664     }
6665   }
6666   Enc += '}';
6667   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6668   return true;
6669 }
6670 
6671 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6672 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6673 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6674   // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6675   static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6676   int Lookup = 0;
6677   if (QT.isConstQualified())
6678     Lookup += 1<<0;
6679   if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6680     Lookup += 1<<1;
6681   if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6682     Lookup += 1<<2;
6683   Enc += Table[Lookup];
6684 }
6685 
6686 /// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6687 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6688   const char *EncType;
6689   switch (BT->getKind()) {
6690     case BuiltinType::Void:
6691       EncType = "0";
6692       break;
6693     case BuiltinType::Bool:
6694       EncType = "b";
6695       break;
6696     case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6697       EncType = "uc";
6698       break;
6699     case BuiltinType::UChar:
6700       EncType = "uc";
6701       break;
6702     case BuiltinType::SChar:
6703       EncType = "sc";
6704       break;
6705     case BuiltinType::UShort:
6706       EncType = "us";
6707       break;
6708     case BuiltinType::Short:
6709       EncType = "ss";
6710       break;
6711     case BuiltinType::UInt:
6712       EncType = "ui";
6713       break;
6714     case BuiltinType::Int:
6715       EncType = "si";
6716       break;
6717     case BuiltinType::ULong:
6718       EncType = "ul";
6719       break;
6720     case BuiltinType::Long:
6721       EncType = "sl";
6722       break;
6723     case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6724       EncType = "ull";
6725       break;
6726     case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6727       EncType = "sll";
6728       break;
6729     case BuiltinType::Float:
6730       EncType = "ft";
6731       break;
6732     case BuiltinType::Double:
6733       EncType = "d";
6734       break;
6735     case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6736       EncType = "ld";
6737       break;
6738     default:
6739       return false;
6740   }
6741   Enc += EncType;
6742   return true;
6743 }
6744 
6745 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6746 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6747                               const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6748                               TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6749   Enc += "p(";
6750   if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6751     return false;
6752   Enc += ')';
6753   return true;
6754 }
6755 
6756 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
6757 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6758                             const ArrayType *AT,
6759                             const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6760                             TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6761   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6762     return false;
6763   Enc += "a(";
6764   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6765     CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6766   else
6767     Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6768   Enc += ':';
6769   // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6770   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6771   if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6772     return false;
6773   Enc += ')';
6774   return true;
6775 }
6776 
6777 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6778 /// and the arguments.
6779 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6780                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6781                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6782   Enc += "f{";
6783   if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6784     return false;
6785   Enc += "}(";
6786   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6787     // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6788     auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6789     auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6790     if (I != E) {
6791       do {
6792         if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6793           return false;
6794         ++I;
6795         if (I != E)
6796           Enc += ',';
6797       } while (I != E);
6798       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6799         Enc += ",va";
6800     } else {
6801       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6802         Enc += "va";
6803       else
6804         Enc += '0';
6805     }
6806   }
6807   Enc += ')';
6808   return true;
6809 }
6810 
6811 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6812 /// type encodings.
6813 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6814                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6815                        TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6816 
6817   QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6818 
6819   if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6820     // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6821     // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6822     return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6823 
6824   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6825 
6826   if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6827     return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6828 
6829   if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6830     return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6831 
6832   if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6833     return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6834 
6835   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6836     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6837 
6838   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6839     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6840 
6841   if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6842     return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6843 
6844   return false;
6845 }
6846 
6847 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6848                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6849   if (!D)
6850     return false;
6851 
6852   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6853     if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6854       return false;
6855     return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6856   }
6857 
6858   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6859     if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6860       return false;
6861     QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6862     if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6863       // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
6864       // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6865       // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6866       return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
6867     }
6868     return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6869   }
6870   return false;
6871 }
6872 
6873 
6874 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6875 // Driver code
6876 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6877 
6878 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
6879   return getTarget().getTriple();
6880 }
6881 
6882 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
6883   return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
6884 }
6885 
6886 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
6887   if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6888     return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
6889 
6890   const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
6891   switch (Triple.getArch()) {
6892   default:
6893     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6894 
6895   case llvm::Triple::le32:
6896     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6897   case llvm::Triple::mips:
6898   case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
6899     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6900 
6901   case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6902   case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
6903     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6904 
6905   case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
6906   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
6907     AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
6908     if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
6909       Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
6910 
6911     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6912   }
6913 
6914   case llvm::Triple::arm:
6915   case llvm::Triple::armeb:
6916   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
6917   case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
6918     {
6919       ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
6920       if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
6921         Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
6922       else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
6923                (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6924                 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
6925         Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6926 
6927       switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6928         case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
6929           return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6930                    new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6931         default:
6932           return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6933                    new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6934       }
6935     }
6936 
6937   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
6938     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6939   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
6940     if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
6941       PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6942       if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
6943         Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6944 
6945       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6946                new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6947     } else
6948       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6949   case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
6950     assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
6951     PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6952     if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
6953       Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6954 
6955     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6956              new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6957   }
6958 
6959   case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6960   case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
6961     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6962 
6963   case llvm::Triple::msp430:
6964     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6965 
6966   case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6967     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6968 
6969   case llvm::Triple::tce:
6970     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6971 
6972   case llvm::Triple::x86: {
6973     bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6974     bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6975         X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
6976     bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
6977 
6978     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
6979       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6980                new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6981                                               IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6982                                               IsWin32FloatStructABI,
6983                                               CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
6984     } else {
6985       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6986                new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6987                                            IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6988                                            IsWin32FloatStructABI,
6989                                            CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
6990     }
6991   }
6992 
6993   case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
6994     bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
6995 
6996     switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6997     case llvm::Triple::Win32:
6998       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6999                    new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7000     case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
7001       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7002                    new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7003     default:
7004       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7005                    new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7006     }
7007   }
7008   case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7009     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7010   case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7011     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7012   case llvm::Triple::xcore:
7013     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7014   }
7015 }
7016